Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 230

SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for

PCS7 V6.1
Function Description

SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for


PCS7 V6.1
Function Description
Safety instructions
This manual gives instructions for your personal safety and for preventing property damage.
The instructions are marked with a warning triangle and they are shown, depending on the
degree of risk, as follows:
DANGER
means that death, serious bodily injury or considerable property damage will occur unless the
respective precautions are taken.

WARNING
means that death, serious bodily injury or considerable property damage may occur unless the
respective precautions are taken.

CAUTION
means that slight bodily injury or property damage may occur unless the respective precautions
are taken.

CAUTION
means that property damage may occur unless the respective precautions are taken.

ATTENTION
is an important information about the product, handling of the product or the respective part of
the documentation to which attention is particularly drawn.
Qualified personnel
Commissioning and operation of a device must be carried out by qualified personnel only.
Qualified personnel in the sense of the safety-relevant instructions in this manual are persons
who are authorized to commission, ground and mark devices, systems and electric circuits
according to the safety-relevant standards.
Intended use
Note as follows:
WARNING
This device must only be used for the applications as provided in the catalog and in the
technical specification and only in connection with third-party devices and components which
are recommended and approved by Siemens.
Proper and safe operation of the product is provided that proper transport, storage, erection and
installation as well as operation and maintenance are ensured.

Trademarks
SIMATIC®, SIMATIC HMI®, SIMATIC NET®, SIROTEC®, SINUMERIK® and USS® are
registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Other designations used in this publication may be
trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the
owners.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005 All rights Disclaimer of Liability
reserved We checked the contents of the publication for compliance with the
Distribution and reproduction of this documentation and use and described hardware and software. Variations can, nevertheless, not be
disclosure of its contents is not allowed, unless expressly allowed excluded so that we do not assume any guarantee for entire compliance.
otherwise. Non-compliance renders liable to pay compensatory damages. The information in this publication is regularly revised and any necessary
All rights reserved, particularly in the case a patent is granted or a design corrections are included in the subsequent revisions. Improvement
is registered. proposals are welcome.

.Siemens AG
Bereich Automation and Drives We reserve the right to make technical changes.
Geschäftsgebiet Industrial Automation Systems
Postfach 4848, D-90327 Nürnberg
Contents Function Description SIMOCODE SP1 pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................2

TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................................3

1 INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................. 9

1.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 9

1.2 Installation of library ...................................................................................................... 9

1.3 Hardware configurations............................................................................................. 10

1.4 Configuration in HWConfig ......................................................................................... 11

1.5 Configuration in SIMOCODE ES ................................................................................. 12

2 INFORMATION ABOUT LIBRARY ............................................................................... 13

2.1 Overview of blocks....................................................................................................... 13

2.2 General information about OS typicals...................................................................... 15


2.2.1 Faceplates................................................................................................................. 15
2.2.2 Symbols..................................................................................................................... 17

3 DESCRIPTION OF BLOCKS......................................................................................... 18

3.1 Diagnostic block SMC_DIAG ...................................................................................... 18


3.1.1 Calling OBs ............................................................................................................... 18
3.1.2 Called blocks ............................................................................................................. 18
3.1.3 Function..................................................................................................................... 18
3.1.4 Message characteristics............................................................................................ 18
3.1.5 DP master / DP slave failure ..................................................................................... 18
3.1.6 I/O access error......................................................................................................... 19
3.1.7 Module fault............................................................................................................... 19
3.1.8 Reading diagnosis data SIMOCODE pro.................................................................. 19
3.1.9 Startup behaviour ...................................................................................................... 19
3.1.10 Block parameters ...................................................................................................... 19

3.2 Block for measured value function SMC_MEAS....................................................... 22


3.2.1 Calling OBs ............................................................................................................... 22
3.2.2 Called blocks ............................................................................................................. 22
3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES......................................................................... 22
3.2.4 Function..................................................................................................................... 23
3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................... 23
3.2.6 Reading measured values ........................................................................................ 24
3.2.7 Writing analog output ................................................................................................ 24
3.2.8 Reading of limits........................................................................................................ 25
3.2.9 Message characteristics............................................................................................ 25

Siemens AG 3
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Contents

3.2.10 Startup behaviour ...................................................................................................... 26


3.2.11 Block parameters ...................................................................................................... 27
3.2.12 Description of faceplate............................................................................................. 30

3.3 Block for statistics function SMC_STAT ................................................................... 34


3.3.1 Calling OBs................................................................................................................ 34
3.3.2 Called blocks ............................................................................................................. 34
3.3.3 Function..................................................................................................................... 34
3.3.4 Reading of statistical data ......................................................................................... 34
3.3.5 Writing of statistical data ........................................................................................... 35
3.3.6 Message characteristics............................................................................................ 35
3.3.7 Startup behaviour ...................................................................................................... 35
3.3.8 Block parameters ...................................................................................................... 35
3.3.9 Description of faceplate............................................................................................. 37

3.4 Time-stamping block SMC_TIME................................................................................ 38


3.4.1 Calling OBs................................................................................................................ 38
3.4.2 Called blocks ............................................................................................................. 38
3.4.3 Configuration for the use of SIMOCODE pro V time-stamping................................. 39
3.4.4 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES......................................................................... 40
3.4.5 Function..................................................................................................................... 40
3.4.6 Reading of events with a time-stamp ........................................................................ 40
3.4.7 Message characteristics............................................................................................ 41
3.4.8 Startup behavior ........................................................................................................ 42
3.4.9 Block parameters ...................................................................................................... 42
3.4.10 Description of faceplate............................................................................................. 43

3.5 SMC_DIR: Signal-processing block for control function "direct-on-line starter /


soft starter” ................................................................................................................... 44
3.5.1 Calling OBs................................................................................................................ 44
3.5.2 Called blocks ............................................................................................................. 44
3.5.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES......................................................................... 44
3.5.4 Function..................................................................................................................... 49
3.5.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................... 49
3.5.6 Operating modes....................................................................................................... 50
3.5.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode............................................. 51
3.5.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control Modality .............. 52
3.5.9 Simulation.................................................................................................................. 53
3.5.10 Interlock ..................................................................................................................... 53
3.5.11 Local Interruption....................................................................................................... 53
3.5.12 Current and current limit monitoring.......................................................................... 53
3.5.13 Message characteristics............................................................................................ 54
3.5.14 Reset behaviour ........................................................................................................ 56
3.5.15 Startup characteristics............................................................................................... 56
3.5.16 Time response........................................................................................................... 56
3.5.17 Block parameters ...................................................................................................... 57
3.5.18 Status displays for symbols....................................................................................... 60
3.5.19 Description of faceplates ........................................................................................... 60

3.6 SMC_REV: Signal-processing block for control function ”reversing starter /


softstarter with reversing contactor”......................................................................... 63
3.6.1 Calling OBs................................................................................................................ 63
3.6.2 Called blocks ............................................................................................................. 63
3.6.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES......................................................................... 63
3.6.4 Function..................................................................................................................... 69

4 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Contents Function Description SIMOCODE SP1 pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.6.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................... 69


3.6.6 Operating modes....................................................................................................... 70
3.6.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode ............................................ 71
3.6.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control Modality .............. 72
3.6.9 Simulation.................................................................................................................. 73
3.6.10 Interlock..................................................................................................................... 73
3.6.11 Local Interruption ...................................................................................................... 73
3.6.12 Current and current limit monitoring.......................................................................... 73
3.6.13 Message characteristics............................................................................................ 74
3.6.14 Reset behaviour ........................................................................................................ 77
3.6.15 Startup characteristics............................................................................................... 77
3.6.16 Time response........................................................................................................... 77
3.6.17 Block parameters ...................................................................................................... 78
3.6.18 State displays for symbols ........................................................................................ 81
3.6.19 Description of faceplates........................................................................................... 82

3.7 SMC_STAR: Signal-processing block for control function ”star/delta starter” .... 85
3.7.1 Calling OBs ............................................................................................................... 85
3.7.2 Called blocks ............................................................................................................. 85
3.7.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES......................................................................... 85
3.7.4 Function..................................................................................................................... 88
3.7.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................... 88
3.7.6 Operating modes....................................................................................................... 89
3.7.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode ............................................ 90
3.7.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control Modality .............. 91
3.7.9 Simulation.................................................................................................................. 92
3.7.10 Interlock..................................................................................................................... 92
3.7.11 Local Interruption ...................................................................................................... 92
3.7.12 Current and current limit monitoring.......................................................................... 92
3.7.13 Message characteristics............................................................................................ 93
3.7.14 Reset behaviour ........................................................................................................ 95
3.7.15 Startup characteristics............................................................................................... 95
3.7.16 Time response........................................................................................................... 95
3.7.17 Block parameters ...................................................................................................... 96
3.7.18 State displays for symbols ........................................................................................ 99
3.7.19 Description of faceplates........................................................................................... 99

3.8 SMC_REVS: Signal-processing block for control function ”star/delta starter with
reversal” ...................................................................................................................... 102
3.8.1 Calling OBs ............................................................................................................. 102
3.8.2 Called blocks ........................................................................................................... 102
3.8.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES....................................................................... 102
3.8.4 Function................................................................................................................... 104
3.8.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................. 105
3.8.6 Operating modes..................................................................................................... 106
3.8.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode .......................................... 107
3.8.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control Modality ............ 108
3.8.9 Simulation................................................................................................................ 109
3.8.10 Interlock................................................................................................................... 109
3.8.11 Local Interruption .................................................................................................... 109
3.8.12 Current and current limit monitoring........................................................................ 109
3.8.13 Message characteristics.......................................................................................... 110
3.8.14 Reset behaviour ...................................................................................................... 113
3.8.15 Startup characteristics............................................................................................. 113
3.8.16 Time response......................................................................................................... 113

Siemens AG 5
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Contents

3.8.17 Block parameters .................................................................................................... 114


3.8.18 State displays for symbols....................................................................................... 117
3.8.19 Description of faceplates ......................................................................................... 118

3.9 SMC_DAHL: Signal-processing block for ”Dahlander / pole changer”................ 121


3.9.1 Calling OBs.............................................................................................................. 121
3.9.2 Called blocks ........................................................................................................... 121
3.9.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES....................................................................... 121
3.9.4 Function................................................................................................................... 126
3.9.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................. 126
3.9.6 Operating modes..................................................................................................... 127
3.9.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode........................................... 128
3.9.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control Modality ............ 129
3.9.9 Simulation................................................................................................................ 130
3.9.10 Interlock ................................................................................................................... 130
3.9.11 Local Interruption..................................................................................................... 130
3.9.12 Current and current limit monitoring........................................................................ 130
3.9.13 Message characteristics.......................................................................................... 131
3.9.14 Reset behaviour ...................................................................................................... 134
3.9.15 Startup characteristics............................................................................................. 134
3.9.16 Time response......................................................................................................... 134
3.9.17 Block parameters .................................................................................................... 135
3.9.18 State displays for symbols....................................................................................... 138
3.9.19 Description of faceplates ......................................................................................... 139

3.10 SMC_REVD: Signal-processing block for control function ”Dahlander with


reversal” / ”pole changer with reversal”.................................................................. 142
3.10.1 Calling OBs.............................................................................................................. 142
3.10.2 Called blocks ........................................................................................................... 142
3.10.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES....................................................................... 142
3.10.4 Function................................................................................................................... 148
3.10.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................. 148
3.10.6 Operating modes..................................................................................................... 149
3.10.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode........................................... 150
3.10.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control Modality ............ 151
3.10.9 Simulation................................................................................................................ 152
3.10.10 Interlock ................................................................................................................... 152
3.10.11 Local Interruption..................................................................................................... 152
3.10.12 Current and current limit monitoring........................................................................ 152
3.10.13 Message characteristics.......................................................................................... 153
3.10.14 Reset behaviour ...................................................................................................... 155
3.10.15 Startup characteristics............................................................................................. 155
3.10.16 Time response......................................................................................................... 155
3.10.17 Block parameters .................................................................................................... 156
3.10.18 State displays for symbols....................................................................................... 159
3.10.19 Description of faceplates ......................................................................................... 160

3.11 SMC_VAL: Signal-processing block for control function ”valve” ........................ 163
3.11.1 Calling OBs.............................................................................................................. 163
3.11.2 Called blocks ........................................................................................................... 163
3.11.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES....................................................................... 163
3.11.4 Function................................................................................................................... 166
3.11.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................. 166
3.11.6 Operating modes..................................................................................................... 167
3.11.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode........................................... 168

6 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Contents Function Description SIMOCODE SP1 pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.11.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control Modality ............ 169
3.11.9 Simulation................................................................................................................ 170
3.11.10 Interlock................................................................................................................... 170
3.11.11 Local Interruption .................................................................................................... 170
3.11.12 Message characteristics.......................................................................................... 171
3.11.13 Reset behaviour ...................................................................................................... 172
3.11.14 Startup characteristics............................................................................................. 172
3.11.15 Time response......................................................................................................... 173
3.11.16 Block parameters .................................................................................................... 173
3.11.17 State displays for symbols ...................................................................................... 175
3.11.18 Description of faceplates......................................................................................... 176

3.12 SMC_POS: Signal-processing block for control function ”actuator” .................. 178
3.12.1 Calling OBs ............................................................................................................. 178
3.12.2 Called blocks ........................................................................................................... 178
3.12.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES....................................................................... 178
3.12.4 Function................................................................................................................... 181
3.12.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................. 181
3.12.6 Operating modes..................................................................................................... 182
3.12.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode .......................................... 183
3.12.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control Modality ............ 184
3.12.9 Simulation................................................................................................................ 185
3.12.10 Interlock................................................................................................................... 185
3.12.11 Local Interruption .................................................................................................... 185
3.12.12 Current and current limit monitoring........................................................................ 185
3.12.13 Message characteristics.......................................................................................... 186
3.12.14 Reset behaviour ...................................................................................................... 189
3.12.15 Startup characteristics............................................................................................. 189
3.12.16 Time response......................................................................................................... 189
3.12.17 Block parameters .................................................................................................... 190
3.12.18 State displays for symbols ...................................................................................... 193
3.12.19 Description of faceplates......................................................................................... 194

3.13 SMC_OVL: Signal-processing block for control function ”overload relay” ........ 197
3.13.1 Calling OBs ............................................................................................................. 197
3.13.2 Called blocks ........................................................................................................... 197
3.13.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES....................................................................... 197
3.13.4 Function................................................................................................................... 198
3.13.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................. 198
3.13.6 Simulation................................................................................................................ 199
3.13.7 Current and current limit monitoring........................................................................ 199
3.13.8 Message characteristics.......................................................................................... 200
3.13.9 Reset behaviour ...................................................................................................... 201
3.13.10 Startup characteristics............................................................................................. 201
3.13.11 Time response......................................................................................................... 202
3.13.12 Block parameters .................................................................................................... 203
3.13.13 State displays for symbols ...................................................................................... 205
3.13.14 Description of faceplates......................................................................................... 205

3.14 SMC_CB: Signal-processing block for control function ”circuit breaker” .......... 209
3.14.1 Calling OBs ............................................................................................................. 209
3.14.2 Called blocks ........................................................................................................... 209
3.14.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES....................................................................... 209
3.14.4 Function................................................................................................................... 212
3.14.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image ................................................................. 212

Siemens AG 7
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Contents

3.14.6 Operating modes..................................................................................................... 213


3.14.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode........................................... 214
3.14.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control Modality ............ 215
3.14.9 Simulation................................................................................................................ 216
3.14.10 Interlock ................................................................................................................... 216
3.14.11 Local Interruption..................................................................................................... 216
3.14.12 Current and current limit monitoring........................................................................ 216
3.14.13 Message characteristics.......................................................................................... 217
3.14.14 Reset behaviour ...................................................................................................... 219
3.14.15 Startup characteristics............................................................................................. 219
3.14.16 Time response......................................................................................................... 219
3.14.17 Block parameters .................................................................................................... 220
3.14.18 State displays for symbols....................................................................................... 223
3.14.19 Description of faceplates ......................................................................................... 223

4 DRIVER GENERATOR ................................................................................................ 226

5 TECHNICAL DATA...................................................................................................... 228

8 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Introduction Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

1 Introduction
1.1 General
The software package SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 can be used in PCS7 V6.1 and it
comprises the following components:
• block library with:
• diagnostic blocks to integrate SIMOCODE pro modules into the PCS7 driver concept
• signal blocks to control SIMOCODE pro C / V in any available control functions
• blocks to display and parameterize measured value / limit and statistical data
• user objects and control blocks to control & monitor SIMOCODE pro on the OS
• online help in German and English

1.2 Installation of library


To start the installation, insert the CD in the CD-ROM drive or your PG / PC and start the program
"setup.exe". Any further information will be given during installation. Please observe the instructions in
the readme file.

Siemens AG 9
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Introduction

1.3 Hardware configurations

The driver concept for SIMOCODE pro considers both the operation of SIMOCODE pro as a DP-
Slave directly in the DP master system and after a Y link DPV1.

Please note that the use of the time-stamping function in SIMOCODE pro V behind a Y link DPV1 is
not possible.

SIMOCODE pro C / V are integrated via GSD. To integrate it as a PDM object, the respective GSD
files are also available.
The following modules and configurations are supported:

1. SIMOCODE pro C (integrated via GSD SI0180fd.gs?) directly in the DP master system or after a Y
link DPV1
2. SIMOCODE pro C (integrated with PDM via GSD) directly in the DP master system or after a Y link
DPV1
3. SIMOCODE pro V (integrated via GSD SI1180fd.gs?) directly in the DP master system or after a Y
link DPV1
4. SIMOCODE pro V (integrated with PDM via GSD) directly in the DP master system or after a Y link
DPV1

The following I/O configurations (default) are considered for SIMOCODE pro C / V:
• Outputs: 2 bytes digital control data
• Inputs: 4 bytes signalling data (2 bytes digital feedbacks; 2 bytes analog signalling data, e.g.
motor current)
This configuration of SIMOCODE pro V corresponds to basic type 2.

SIMOCODE pro V can alternatively be configured with the following I/O configuration:
• Outputs: 4 bytes control data (2 bytes digital control data, 2 bytes analog control data)
• Inputs: 10 bytes signalling data (2 bytes digital feedbacks, 8 bytes analog signalling data, e.g.
motor current, power factor, phase voltage)
This configuration complies with the basic type 1. The additional data of the basic type 1 are
evaluated and/or described in the measured-value block.

10 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Introduction Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

1.4 Configuration in HWConfig

In HWConfig SIMOCODE pro is installed with the corresponding GSD file (see above) and
SIMOCODE pro V is installed with basic type 1 or basic type 2.

Please note that SIMOCODE pro is used in the alarm mode DPV1 with enabled diagnostic interrupt
and hardware interrupt.

The initial addresses of inputs and outputs must be identical and they must be in the process image
partition which is assigned to the cyclic interrupt OB in which the signal block is called.

The parameter inputs IN_01 (2 bytes binary data) and IN_23 (2 bytes motor current) and the
parameter outputs O_01 (2 bytes binary data) of the signal blocks must be interconnected with the
corresponding inputs and outputs of the SIMOCODE pro device.

The parameter inputs IN_01 (2 bytes binary data), IN_45, IN_67 and IN_89 (2 bytes each analog
signalling data if basic type 1 is used) and the parameter output O_23 (2 bytes analog control data if
basic type 1 is used) of the measured-value block must be interconnected with the corresponding
inputs and outputs of the SIMOCODE pro device.

The assignment of the cyclic interface is included in the description of the signal blocks and of the
measured-value block.

Siemens AG 11
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Introduction

1.5 Configuration in SIMOCODE ES

Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though.

General settings (valid for all control functions)

These parameters are applicable for all control functions:

Device parameters- Æ bus parameters


DP address Meaning
Diagnosis triggered by device active
fault
Diagnosis triggered by trip active
Diagnosis triggered by warning active
Diagnosis triggered by event not active
Start-up parameter lock active Parameterization is done with
SIMOCODE ES or SIMATIC PDM
Standard functions- Æ test/reset
Test 1 Cyclic control bit 0.3
Reset 1 Cyclic control bit 0.6
Emergency start Cyclic control bit 0.4

12 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Information about library Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

2 Information about library


2.1 Overview of blocks
The library comprises the following blocks:

Block type Control Name Number


functions
Diagnostic block - SMC_DIAG FB2000
Measured value block - SMC_MEAS FB2002
Statistics block - SMC_STAT FB2003
Time-stamping block - SMC_TIME FB2014
Signal-processing blocks for:
Direct-on-line starter DIR, SOFT SMC_DIR FB2004
Reversing starter REV, SOFT SMC_REV FB2005
Star / delta starter STAR SMC_STAR FB2006
Star / delta starter with REVS SMC_REVS FB2007
reversal
Dahlander / pole changer DAHL, POL SMC_DAHL FB2008
Dahlander / pole changer DAHL REV, SMC_REVD FB2009
with reversal POL REV
Solenoid valve VALVE SMC_VAL FB2010
Positioner POS SMC_POS FB2011
Overload OVL SMC_OVL FB2012
Circuit breaker CB SMC_CB FB2013

Siemens AG 13
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Information about library

Whereas SIMOCODE pro V supports all control functions, only some control functions are supported
by SIMOCODE pro C. Therefore only the corresponding signal-processing blocks (motor blocks) can
be used in connection with SIMOCODE pro C.

Control function SIMOCODE pro C SIMOCODE pro V


SMC_OVL Supported Supported
Overload relay
SMC_DIR Supported Supported
Direct-on-line starter
SMC_DIR Not supported Supported
Softstarter
SMC_REV Supported Supported
Reversing starter
SMC_REV Not supported Supported
Soft starter with reversing
contactor
SMC_CB Supported Supported
Circuit-breaker
SMC_STAR Not supported Supported
Star-delta starter
SMC_REVS Not supported Supported
Star-delta starter with reversal
SMC_DAHL Not supported Supported
Dahlander / pole-changing switch
SMC_REVD Not supported Supported
Dahlander / pole-changing switch
with reversal
SMC_VAL Not supported Supported
Valve
SMC_POS Not supported Supported
Slide

14 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Information about library Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

2.2 General information about OS typicals

2.2.1 Faceplates
The faceplates are configured with the Graphics Designer and with templates of the faceplate
designer and PCS7-specific standard views (trend, batch and alarm). If required, other user objects
and functions can be added.
The described faceplates are provided as operable and tested examples and can be adapted by the
user.
A symbol and a group / loop display is created for the different signal blocks, as well as for the time-
stamping block, with any faceplates required. The corresponding group display is called via the
symbol. The faceplates for the measured value and statistics block can be called from the faceplate of
the signal block. The call buttons are only visible if the respective blocks are available (the inputs
EN_MEAS and EN_STAT must be parameterized by the user).
A description is made available together with the faceplates which allows the user to adapt the
faceplates (description of the interface to the SIMOCODE blocks, description of the operating and
display functions).
Overview
The picture is part of the basic pictures @PG_SMC_xxx_OVERVIEW.PDL /
@PL_SMC_xxx_OVERVIEW.PDL.

Group display Batch: OCCUPIED

Signal suppression
(QMSG_SUP)
Message lock
(MSG_LOCK) Signal acknowledg.

Siemens AG 15
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Information about library

Trend (@PCS7_TREND.PDL)
To integrate a curve into a faceplate, the properties ”ReturnPath” and ”StandardTrend” must be
parameterized at the symbol.
• StandardTrend: 2: Online values with time base 5 min
> 2: Archive values with time base of the entered value (in min)
• ReturnPath: .QCUR Structure element name starting with dort
: Separator
CO_GREEN Colour for curve

16 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Information about library Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

2.2.2 Symbols
The process mimic symbols are based on the process symbols provided by the faceplate designer.
The representations are schematic representations.
Templates @PCS7_Typicals_SMC.pdl / @Template_SMC.pdl
The symbols are included in the templates @PCS7_Typicals_SMC.pdl and @Template_SMC.pdl. To
be able to use the functions ”Create/Update Block Icons” in Simatic Manager or ”Update Block Icons”
in Graphics Designer, the symbols of the file @PCS7_Typicals_SMC.pdl must be copied to the file
@PCS7Typicals.pdl or the symbols of the file @Template_SMC.pdl must be copied to the file
@Template.pdl. When the function ”Create/Update Block Icons” is used, PCS7 accesses the file
@PCS7Typicals.pdl.
When you copy the symbols manually to a process picture, the symbols of file @Template_SMC.pdl
must be used.
Different variants of block icons
Several variants of block icons can exist for a tag. These variants are distinguished by the attribute
”type”. The value of this attribute defines the variant. If you consider, for instance, a variant of the
block icon for a valve, you will find the value "@Valve/2". With the part of the value after ”/” you
determine what variant of the block icon will be created. Therefore this part has to be entered in the
object properties of the block instance. If no parameters are entered in the object properties of the
block instance, the default block icon will be created automatically. This is the block icon which in the
attribute ”type” has the identification "/1", e.g. "@Valve/1".
Link to the tag
There is a symbol for the different blocks which is linked to the corresponding tag with the function
”Connect picture block to tag structure”.
The symbols contain the following visible information:

Equipment identifier Technological symbol


(tag name) (VSTATUS)

Interlock
(LOCK / LOCK_ON / V_LOCK / VL_xxx)

Op. mode (QMAN_AUT)

Contr.modality(QREMOTE)
Simulation (QSIM): magenta
Test mode (QCST): yellow

Group display (EventState)

Siemens AG 17
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3 Description of Blocks
3.1 Diagnostic block SMC_DIAG

FB2000

3.1.1 Calling OBs


The block must be inserted in the run sequence in the following OBs (proceeds automatically in CFC).

OB1 Cyclic program


OB40 Hardware Interrupt
OB82 Diagnostic Interrupt
OB83 Unplugging/plugging alarm
OB85 Program execution error
OB86 Rack error
OB100 Warm restart

The block is automatically included with the function “Generate module drivers”.
3.1.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB52 RDREC
SFB54 RALRM
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC51 RDSYSST
SFC54 TIME_TCK
3.1.3 Function
The block SMC_DIAG performs the diagnosis of the SIMOCODE pro device. The block evaluates the
acyclic events (startup, DP station failure, module fault) which are relevant for SIMOCODE pro,
generates quality code and diagnosis information for the blocks MOD_PAX0 / MOD_PAL0 and
provides the status information to the signal-processing block via the parameter output OMODE.

3.1.4 Message characteristics


The block has no message characteristics. The signals upon DP station failure and module fault are
generated by the block MOD_PAX0 (with operation directly in the DP master system) or the block
MOD_PAL0 (with operation after the Y-link).

3.1.5 DP master / DP slave failure


The DP master or DP slave failure is detected by the upstream block OB_DIAG1 and evaluated via
the inputs RACKF, SUBN1ERR and SUBN2ERR.
In the case of an error the identification for ”primary error” (OMODE=16#40xxxxxx) is entered in the
output OMODE.

18 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.1.6 I/O access error


Under the I/O configuration point of view SIMOCODE pro is a ”compact” DP slave, i.e. it has a fixed
I/O configuration. Thus it can be assumed that whenever an I/O access error occurs, the (entire) DP
slave must have failed (which usually is signalled shortly after).
For this reason I/O access errors are not evaluated any further.

3.1.7 Module fault


Following a restart and in the case of ACC_ID=TRUE a check of the module which is addressed with
LADDR is carried out. For this purpose the SZL ID xC91 is read out. If the module which is addressed
with LADDR does not exist, output QMODF is set and the identification for ”primary error”
(OMODE=16#40xxxxxx) is entered in the output OMODE.

3.1.8 Reading diagnosis data SIMOCODE pro


When SIMOCODE pro triggers a process alarm, the reading-out of the device-specific diagnosis data
is initiated with the system function block RALRM (SFB54).

Following a CPU restart and rack return, the diagnosis record DS92 is read out with the system
function block RDREC (SFB52). After CPU restart or rack return, when SIMOCODE pro is operated
after the Y-link, the reading out is performed with a 1 minute delay to make sure that all existing
components have finished booting.

The read information is sent to the block SMC_MOD, the signal-processing block and the measured
value block and evaluated there.

Additionally diagnosis data can be displayed on a Maintenance Station (MS).

The diagnostic events are allocated to the maintenance state as follows:


Diagnostic event Maintenance Status QUALITY PA_DIAG
Status – TPF Local operation / function test 16#8C 16#0000_0200
Warnings Maintenance necessity medium 16#68 16#0020_0000
Faults Maintenance necessity high 16#24 16#0000_0100

3.1.9 Startup behaviour


In OB100 the identification for ”startup” (OMODE=16#xx01xxxx) is entered in output OMODE.

3.1.10 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
ACC_ID BOOL IO 1=MODE settings to be used
CST BOOL I 1=Test active
DADDR INT I Diagnosis address
DPA_LINK BOOL I Slave connection: 0=DP master system,
1=Link
EN_DIAG BOOL I 1=Diagnosis event occurred
GR_ERR BOOL I 1=General fault from signal block
LADDR INT I Logic base address
MODE WORD I Value status and mode of operation
OMODE DWORD O Status MODE

Siemens AG 19
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


PA_DIAG DWORD O Diagnosis information
QDIAG_INF UDT_ O Diagnosis structure for signal blocks
DIAG
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Release Read/write record for signal-
processing blocks, measured value blocks,
statistics blocks
QERR BOOL O 1=Group error
QMEAS_INF UDT_ O Measured value structure for measured
MEAS value block
QMODF BOOL O 1=Module fault
QRACKF BOOL O 1=Rack error
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
RACK_NO BYTE I DP slave address
RACK1ERR BOOL O 1=Error in DP slave (primary)
RACK2ERR BOOL O 1=Error in DP slave (redundant)
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
SUBN_TYP BOOL I 1=External DP interface
SUBN1_ID BYTE I ID of the primary master system
SUBN1ERR BOOL I 1=Error of the primary master system
SUBN2_ID BYTE I ID of the redundant master system
SUBN2ERR BOOL I 1=Error of the redundant master system

Configuration of OMODE
Byte Value Meaning
Byte 3 16#80: valid data
16#40: invalid data primary error
Byte 2 16#01: restart (OB100)
Byte 1; 0 16#0000 without meaning

Configuration of UDT_DIAG
Element Data type Meaning
GR_ERR BOOL General fault
GR_WRN BOOL General warning
FLT_F9 BOOL Error F9
PARFF16 BOOL Parameter error F16
BUS_PLC BOOL Bus / PLC error
BOOL_05 BOOL Standby
BOOL_06 BOOL Standby
BOOL_07 BOOL Standby
BYTE_10 BOOL Standby
DD_17 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 17 warnings
DD_18 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 18 warnings
DD_19 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 19 warnings
DD_20 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 20 warnings
DD_21 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 21 warnings
DD_22 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 22 warnings
DD_24 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 24 faults
DD_25 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 25 faults
DD_26 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 26 faults
DD_27 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 27 faults
DD_28 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 28 faults

20 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Meaning


DD_29 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 29 faults
DD_30 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 30 faults
DD_31 BYTE Diagnosis data byte 31 faults

Configuration of UDT_MEAS
Element Data type Meaning
QU_WL BOOL Lower warning limit for voltage violated
QU_AL BOOL Lower alarm limit for voltage violated
QCPHI_WL BOOL Lower warning limit for power factor violated
QCPHI_AL BOOL Lower alarm limit for power factor violated
QP_AH BOOL Upper alarm limit for active power violated
QP_WH BOOL Upper warning limit for active power
violated
QP_WL BOOL Lower warning limit for active power
violated
QP_AL BOOL Lower alarm limit for active power violated
QAI_AH BOOL Upper alarm limit for analog input violated
QAI_WH BOOL Upper alarm limit for analog input violated
QAI_WL BOOL Lower warning limit for analog input violated
QAI_AL BOOL Lower alarm limit for analog input violated
QT_AH BOOL Upper alarm limit for temperature violated
QT_WH BOOL Upper warning limit for temperature violated

Siemens AG 21
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.2 Block for measured value function SMC_MEAS

FB2002

3.2.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
behaviour).
SMC_MEAS must be inserted in the same chart as the corresponding signal block and it must have
the name MEAS. At the signal module the parameterization to determine whether the measured value
block exists is done at the input EN_MEAS.

3.2.2 Called blocks


The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV

3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


In order to read or write measured values via the cyclic I/O interface, some SIMOCODE pro
parameters must have specific settings. This applies particularly to the parameters which determine
the assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

This functionality is available only with basic type 1.

Outputs Æ Cyclic signalling data


Bytes 4-5 e.g. power factor (only if current / voltage detection module available)
Bytes 6-7 e.g. temperature module - max. temperature (only if module available)
Bytes 8-9 e.g. analog module - input 1 (only if module available)
Outputs Æ analog module
Assigned analog output value: cyclic control analog value (only if analog module available)
Start value - value range: 0 (corresponds to 0/4 mA
End value - value range: 27648 (corresponds to 20 mA)

Please note that normalising of the output value is already done at the block if the analog control value
is output via the SMC_MEAS block. Please parameterize therefore the above values as start and end
values of the value range.

22 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.2.4 Function
The block reads measured values from SIMOCODE pro via the data record DS94 and limit value data
with the data record DS132.
Reading the record 94 supplies, depending on the type of the basic device (SIMOCODE pro C /
SIMOCODE pro V) and with SIMOCODE pro V depending on the used modules, only the measured
values, the values which are actually supplied by the basic device or the used modules.
Measured value SIMOCODE pro C SIMOCODE pro V
SIMOCODE pro V E01 from version E02
Thermal memory Available Available
Unbalanced phase Available Available
Cos φ Not available Available for UM
Max. current I_max Available Available
Current I_L1 Available Available
Current I_L2 Available Available
Current I_L3 Available Available
Last trip current Available Available
Time to trip Available Available
Recovery time Available Available
Voltage U_L1 Not available Available for UM
Voltage U_L2 Not available Available for UM
Voltage U_L3 Not available Available for UM
A-module - output Not available Available for AM
A-module - input 1 Not available Available for AM
A-module - input 2 Not available Available for AM
T-module - max. temperature Not available Available for TM
T-module - temperature 1 Not available Available for TM
T-module - temperature 2 Not available Available for TM
T-module - temperature 3 Not available Available for TM
Active power P Not available Available for UM
Apparent power S Not available Available for UM

3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


When the basic type 1 is used the bytes 2 - 3 of the cyclic control data and bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data can be assigned in addition.
Assignment of O_23: output analog value to SIMOCODE pro
Byte Control interface
2-3 Analog value 1

Assignment of IN_45, IN_67 and IN_89: Feedbacks of SIMOCODE pro


Byte Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
4-5 Values parameterized in IN_45
6-7 SIMOCODE ES IN_67
8-9 IN_89

Siemens AG 23
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.2.6 Reading measured values


Mode

For the inputs IN_45, IN_67 and IN_89 the parameterization inputs MODEIN45, MODEIN67 and
MODEIN89 are available which are used to define whether the measured values are read cyclically
(MODEINxx <> 0) or acyclically (MODEINxx = 0).

In addition the information is given for the inputs what measured value is interconnected in the case of
cyclic communication.

Assignment of MODExxxx:
MODExxxx Meaning for input
0 Measured value is read out of data
record
1 Cyclic measured Voltage UL1
2 value Voltage UL2
3 Voltage UL3
4 Power factor
5 Active power
6 Analog input 1
7 Analog input 2
8 Max. temperature
9 Temperature T1
10 Temperature T2
11 Temperature T3
12 Thermal memory
13 Unbalanced phase
14 Current L1
15 Current L2
16 Current L3
17 Time to trip
18 Cooling down
period
When the power is to be read in cyclically, two consecutive inputs must be parameterized with
MODEINxx = 3 because the effective power uses one double word in SIMOCODE pro. If this is not the
case, the output QP gets the output 0.

Acyclic reading
Reading of the record 94 is either triggered via the interconnectable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in
the OS when the faceplate is selected or by OS operation RD_DATA).
The read data are output normalized at the output parameters QUL1-3 (voltage UL1-3), QCPHI
(power factor), QP (active power), QAI1-2 (analog inputs 1 and 2), QTM (max. temperature), QT1-3
(temperatures 1 – 3), QTR (thermal memory), QPU (unbalanced phace), QCUR (maximum current),
QCUR_L1 (current L1), QCUR_L2 (current L2), QCUR_L3 (current L3), TRIP_CUR (last trip current),
TRIP_T (time to trip) and COOL_T (cooling down period).
When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.

3.2.7 Writing analog output


The analog output can be written cyclically into SIMOCODE pro.

24 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

With the switch LINK_ON you parameterize whether the operator-controllable input AO_OP
(LINK_ON = FALSE) or the interconnectable input AO (LINK_ON = TRUE) is used.
If the interconnectable input is selected, the operator-controllable input is corrected to the
interconnectable input.

3.2.8 Reading of limits


Reading of the record 132 is either triggered via the interconnectable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in
the OS when the faceplate is selected or by OS operation (RD_DATA).
The read data are output in a standardized form (analog values) at the output parameters
• U_WL, U_AL (min. voltage limits) / QU_WL QU_AL (voltage limit violations),
• CPHI_WL, CPHI_AL (power factor limits) / QCPHI_WL, QCPHI_AL (power factor limit
violations)
• P_AH, P_WH, P_WL, P_AL (active power limits), QP_AH, QP_WH, QP_WL, QP_AL (active
power limit violations)
• AI1_AH, AI1_WH, AI1_WL, AI1_AL (analog input 1 limits), QAI1_AH, QAI1_WH, QAI1_WL,
QAI1_AL (analog input 1 limit violations)
• TM_AH, TM_WH (max. temperature limits), QTM_AH, QTM_WH (max. temperature limit
violations)
When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.

3.2.9 Message characteristics


SMC_MEAS sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QU_WL Voltage warning low WL
2 QU_AL Voltage alarm low AL
3 QCPHI_WL Power factor warning low WL
4 QCPHI_AL Power factor alarm low AL
5 QP_AH Active power alarm high AH
6 QP_WH Active power warning high WH
7 QP_WL Active power warning low WL
8 QP_AL Active power alarm low AL
MSG_EVID2 9 QAI_AH Analog input alarm high AH
10 QAI_WH Analog input warning high WH
11 QAI_WL Analog input warning low WL
12 QAI_AL Analog input alarm low AL
13 QT_AH Temperature alarm high AH
14 QT_WH Temperature warning high WH
15 MSG_15 - -
16 MSG_16 - -
Message 15 - 16 have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the parameters
MSG_15 - MSG_16.

Siemens AG 25
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:


Message Message Associate Block Meaning
block number d value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR04 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR05 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR06 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR07 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR08 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR09 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR10 unassigned
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned

The associated values AUX_PR04 - AUX_PR10 and AUX_PR14 - AUX_PR20 are freely available.
With the inputs M_SUP_xx the messages can be switched off separately for every measured value.
The default value of the inputs M_SUP_XX is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is enabled.

3.2.10 Startup behaviour


In OB100 the messages are suppressed.

26 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.2.11 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AI1_AH REAL O Upper alarm limit analog input 1 +
AI1_AL REAL O Lower alarm limit analog input 1 +
AI1_WH REAL O Upper warning limit analog input 1 +
AI1_WL REAL O Lower warning limit analog input 1 +
AO REAL I Interconnectable input for analog output
AO_OP REAL IO Operator-controllable input for analog +
output
AO_OP_EN BOOL I 1=Operator enabling for input of the analog
output
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=04 – 10, 14 – 20)
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
COOL_T REAL O Cooling down period +
CPHI_AL REAL O Lower alarm limit power factor +
CPHI_WL REAL O Lower warning limit power factor +
EN_RD BOOL I 1=Release Reading of record
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_45 WORD I Analog input DP4.0 basic type 1
IN_67 WORD I Analog input DP6.0 basic type 1
IN_89 WORD I Analog input DP8.0 basic type 1
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Interconnectable input 0Æ1: Reading of
records
LADDR INT I Logic base address
LINK_ON BOOL I Interconnectable input for input selection +
for analog output: 1=Interconnection is
active, 0= Operation is active
M_SUP_AI BOOL I 1=Message suppression active for limit +
violations of analog input
M_SUP_CP BOOL I 1=Message suppression active for power +
factor limit violations
M_SUP_P BOOL I 1=Message suppression active for power +
limit violations
M_SUP_T BOOL I 1=Message suppression active for +
temperature limit violations
M_SUP_U BOOL I 1=Message suppression active for voltage +
limit violations
MEAS_INF UDT_ I Measured value structure of SMC_DIAG
MEAS
MO_AIHR REAL I Upper limit bar analog input +
MO_AILR REAL I Lower limit bar analog input +
MO_AOHR REAL I Upper limit bar analog output +
MO_AOLR REAL I Lower limit bar analog output +
MO_CPHR REAL I Upper limit bar power factor +
MO_CPLR REAL I Lower limit bar power factor +
MO_PHR REAL I Upper limit bar Active power +
MO_PLR REAL I Lower limit bar Active power +
MO_THR REAL I Upper limit bar max. temperature +
MO_TLR REAL I Lower limit bar max. temperature +
MO_UHR REAL I Upper limit bar min. voltage +
MO_ULR REAL I Lower limit bar min. voltage +

Siemens AG 27
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MODE_O23 BYTE I Mode of output O_23
MODEIN45 BYTE I Mode of input IN_45
MODEIN67 BYTE I Mode of input IN_67
MODEIN89 BYTE I Mode of input IN_89
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=15 – 16)
NM_AI1HR REAL I Upper standardization limit of analog input
1
NM_AI1LR REAL I Lower standardization limit of analog input
1
NM_AI2HR REAL I Upper standardization limit of analog input
2
NM_AI2LR REAL I Lower standardization limit of analog input
2
NM_AOHR REAL I Upper standardization limit of analog
output
NM_AOLR REAL I Lower standardization limit of analog
output
O_23 WORD O Analog output DP2.0 basic type 1
P_AH REAL O Upper alarm limit effective power +
P_AL REAL O Lower alarm limit effective power +
P_WH REAL O Upper warning limit effective power +
P_WL REAL O Lower warning limit effective power +
QAI1 REAL Ô Analog Input 1 +
QAI1_AH BOOL O Upper alarm limit for analog input 1
violated
QAI1_AL BOOL O Lower alarm limit for analog input 1
violated
QAI1_WH BOOL O Upper warning limit for analog input 1
violated
QAI1_WL BOOL O Lower warning limit for analog input 1
violated
QAI2 REAL O Analog Input 2
QAO REAL O Analog output +
QAO_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for input of analog +
output
QCPHI REAL O Power factor +
QCPHI_AL BOOL O Lower alarm limit for power factor violated
QCPHI_WL BOOL O Lower warning limit for power factor
violated
QCUR REAL O Max. motor current in %ls +
QCUR_Lx REAL O Current phase Lx (x=1..3) +
QEN_RD BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the records
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +

28 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QP REAL O Active power +
QP_AH BOOL O Upper alarm limit for effective power
violated
QP_AL BOOL O Lower alarm limit for effective power
violated
QP_WH BOOL O Upper warning limit for effective power
violated
QP_WL BOOL O Lower warning limit for effective power
violated
QPU REAL O Unbalanced phase +
QRD_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading of record +
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QT1 REAL O Temperature T1 +
QT2 REAL O Temperature T2 +
QT3 REAL O Temperature T3 +
QTM REAL O Max. Temperature +
QTM_AH BOOL O Upper alarm limit for max. temperature
violated
QTM_WH BOOL O Upper warning limit for max. temperature
violated
QTR REAL O Thermal memory +
QU_AL BOOL O Lower alarm limit for min. voltage violated
QU_WL BOOL O Lower warning limit for min. voltage
violated
QUL1 REAL O Voltage UL1 +
QUL2 REAL O Voltage UL2 +
QUL3 REAL O Voltage UL3 +
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of records +
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
TM_AH REAL O Upper alarm limit max. temperature +
TM_WH REAL O Upper warning limit max. temperature +
TRIP_CUR REAL O Trip current +
TRIP_T REAL O Time to trip +
U_AL REAL O Lower alarm limit min. voltage +
U_WL REAL O Lower warning limit min. voltage +

Siemens AG 29
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.2.12 Description of faceplate


The faceplate is called from the view LIMITS of the signal-processing block SMC_xxx.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Voltage STANDARD_2
Power factor STANDARD_3
Effective power STANDARD_4
Analog Input STANDARD_5
Analog output STANDARD_6
Temperature STANDARD_7
Messages

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_MEAS_<View>.PDL


For the views Messages the PCS7 standard picture is used.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)

Maximum current
(QCUR) Thermal memory
(QTR)
Phase currents
(QCUR_L1, Unbalanced phase
QCUR_L2, (QPU)
QCUR_L3)

Last trip current


(TRIP_CUR)

Cooling down
period (COOL T)
Time to trip
(TRIP_T)

30 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Voltage (STANDARD_2)
Voltage values (QULx,
QULx#unit,
QULx#shortcut, x=1-3)

Limits (U_WL, U_AL)

Limits (U_WL, U_AL)

Update values
(RD_DATA) Bar range (MO_UHR,
MO_ULR)

Power factor (STANDARD_3)

Power factor (QPHI,


Actual value (QCPHI, QCPHI#unit,
MO_CPHR, MO_CPLR) QCPHI#shortcut)

Limits (CPHI_WL,
CPHI_AL)
Limits (CPHI_WL,
CPHI_AL)
Update values
(RD_DATA)
Bar range (MO_CPHR,
MO_CPLR)

Active power (STANDARD_4)

Power value (QP, QP#unit,


QP#shortcut)
Actual value (QP,
MO_PHR, MO_PLR)

Limits (P_AH, P_WH, Limits (P_AH,


P_WL, P_AL) P_WH,P_WL, P_AL)

Bar range (MO_PHR,


Update values (RD_DATA) MO_PLR)

Siemens AG 31
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Analog input (STANDARD_5)

Analog values (QAIx,


QAIx#unit, QAIx#shortcut,
Actual value (QAI1, x=1-2)
MO_AIHR, MO_AILR)

Limits (AI1_AH, AI1_WH,


Limits (AI1_AH, AI1_WH,
AI1_WL, AI1_AL)
AI1_WL, AI1_AL)

Bar range (MO_AIHR,


MO_AILR)
Update values
(RD_DATA)

Analog output (STANDARD_6)

Analog value (QAO,


Actual value (QAO, QAO#unit, QAO#shortcut)
MO_AOHR, MO_AOLR)

Bar range (MO_AOHR,


MO_AOLR)

Update values (RD_DATA)

32 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Temperature (STANDARD_7)

Temperature values (QTx,


QTx, QTx#unit,
Actual value (QTM, QTx#shortcut, x=M, 1-3)
MO_THR, MO_TLR)

Limits (TM_AH, TM_WH)


Limits (TM_AH, TM_WH)

Update values Bar range (MO_THR,


(RD_DATA) MO_TLR)

Siemens AG 33
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.3 Block for statistics function SMC_STAT

FB2003

3.3.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
behaviour).
SMC_STAT must be inserted in the same chart as the corresponding signal block and it must have
the name STAT. At the signal block the parameterization to determine whether the statistics block
exists is done at the input EN_STAT.

3.3.2 Called blocks


The block calls the following blocks:
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
3.3.3 Function
The block reads and writes statistical information from SIMOCODE pro via the records DS94 and
DS95.
Reading the record 95 supplies, depending on the type of the basic device (SIMOCODE pro C /
SIMOCODE pro V), only the measured values which are supported by the basic device. Values which
are not supported are read and displayed as zero.

Value SIMOCODE pro C SIMOCODE pro V


Operating hours Available Available
Non-productive time Available Available
Admissible starts Available Available
Number of overload trippings Available Available
Number of starts Available Available
Cooling time Available Available
Last tripping current Available Available
Timer 1 actual value Available Available
Timer 2 actual value Available Available
Timer 3 actual value Not available Available
Timer 4 actual value Not available Available
Counter 1 actual value Available Available
Counter 2 actual value Available Available
Counter 3 actual value Not available Available
Counter 4 actual value Not available Available
Energy counter Not available Available

3.3.4 Reading of statistical data


Reading of the records 94 and 95 is either triggered via the interconnectable input parameter
L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the faceplate is selected or by OS operation (RD_DATA).
The read data are output at the output parameters and I/O parameters OPH / QOPH (operating
hours), N_STRT (number of starts), permissible starts (P_STRT / QP_START) ,COUNTx (counts 1 -

34 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

4), TIMERx (timers 1 – 4), COOL_T (cooling down period), TRIP_CUR (trip current), number of
overload trips (N_OVL), motor stopped time (STOP_T / QSTOP_T) and energy (EGY / QEGY).
When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.

3.3.5 Writing of statistical data


The operating hours (OPH), number of starts (N_STRT), permissible starts (P_STRT), number of
overload trips (N_OVL) and motor stopped time (STOP_T) can be written into SIMOCODE pro via the
record DS95.
The block triggers writing the record when these values are changed. After writing has been
successful, reading of DS95 is triggered to update the display in the faceplate and the in/out
parameters OPH, , QOPH, N_STRT, QN_START, P_STRT, QP_START, N_OVL, QN_OVL, STOP_T,
QSTOP_T, EGY and QEGY are corrected to the active values.
If writing was not possible, the output is set to QERR_WR=TRUE.
3.3.6 Message characteristics
The block has no message characteristics.

3.3.7 Startup behaviour


The block has no startup behaviour.

3.3.8 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
COOL_T REAL O Cooling down period +
COUNTx DINT O Count counter x (x=1 – 4) +
EGY REAL IO Energy counter +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Interconnectable input 0Æ1: Reading of
record
LADDR INT I Logic base address
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
N_OVL REAL IO Number of overload trips +
N_STRT REAL IO Number of starts +
OPH REAL IO Operating hours +
P_STRT REAL IO Permissible starts +
QEGY REAL O Energy counter
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QN_OVL REAL O Number of overload trips
QN_STRT REAL O Number of starts
QOPH REAL O Operating hours
QP_STRT REAL O Permissible starts
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record
QSTOP_T REAL O Motor stopped time
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error

Siemens AG 35
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
STOP_T REAL IO Motor stopped time +
TIMERx REAL O Time timer x (x=1 – 4) +
TRIP_CUR REAL O Trip current +

36 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.3.9 Description of faceplate


The faceplate is called from the view MAINTENANCE of the signal-processing block SMC_xxx.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Maintenance MAINTENANCE

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_STAT_<View>.PDL


In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.

Standard (STANDARD)

Operating hours (OPH)

Stop time (STOP_T)

Permissable starts
(P_STRT)
No of starts (N_STRT)
No. of overload activities
(N_OVL)

Energy counter (EGY)


Cooling time (COOL_T)

Last trip current


Read data (RD_DATA) (TRIP CUR)

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Counter value x Time x (TIMERx)


(COUNTx)

Siemens AG 37
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.4 Time-stamping block SMC_TIME


FB2014

3.4.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
behaviour) and OB40 (process alarm OB).
SMC_TIME must be installed into the same plan as the associated signal block.

3.4.2 Called blocks


The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB54 RALRM
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV

38 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.4.3 Configuration for the use of SIMOCODE pro V time-stamping


In SIMOCODE pro V, the transfer of time-stamped information occurs analog to the transfer with
SIMATIC S7 IM 153-2.
Please also take note of configuration information in the manual „Process guidelines PCS 7, 10 ms-
Time-stamping“ in chapters 4.1 to 4.3.
Requirements
The use of SIMOCODE pro V time-stamping requires that the allocated DP Master supports the time
synchronization function via PROFIBUS.
Activation of the time synchronization function for SIMOCODE pro V occurs in STEP 7 HW Config in
Slave properties under “Time synchronization”.
The set synchronization interval must comply with the configuration of the time master.

Siemens AG 39
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.4.4 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


SIMOCODE pro V can apply up to 8 highly accurate (10ms) time-stamps to digital signals, whereby
each conditional change of the digital signals is recorded.

Standard functionsÆTime-stamping
Time-stamping active active
Time-stamping – Input 0 Freely allocatable, e.g. Status – General Fault
Time-stamping – Input 1 Freely allocatable
Time-stamping – Input 2 Freely allocatable
Time-stamping - Input 3 Freely allocatable
Time-stamping - Input 4 Freely allocatable
Time-stamping - Input 5 Freely allocatable
Time-stamping - Input 6 Freely allocatable
Time-stamping - Input 7 Freely allocatable

3.4.5 Function
The block evaluates the alarm information of the called process alarm OBs, which contain the time-
stamping status, the data set number (DS12, DS13 or DS14) of the message buffer, into which the
triggered event was entered with a time-stamp, and the number of entries.
If data is available, the block reads out the data set and reports the events with the delivered time-
stamp.
The information on up to 17 process alarms can be stored. The information is lost when the maximum
number is exceeded. The process alarms are processed in sequence, i.e. the next set of data is only
read, once all entered events in a data set have been reported.

3.4.6 Reading of events with a time-stamp


Reading of data sets 12, 13 or 14 is triggered when the alarm information of the process alarm OB40
indicates entries in a message buffer for alarm time-stamping.
Signal status and the time-stamp of individual events transferred by SIMOCODE pro are reported to
WinCC using the block ALARM_8P type ’alarm_t’. The generated message receives the time-stamp
from the entry in the message buffer.
The events are distinguished as signal and special messages.
Signal messages are issued at outputs QMSG_0 to QMSG_7. The significance of signal messages
can be parameterized in SIMOCODE ES.
There are 5 special messages:
Identifier Significance
0x01 Start-up data
0x02 Time telegram failure
0x04 Time difference between telegram and int. clock > 1 second
0x05 STOP of time-stamping function
0x06 Buffer is full
If an error occurs, the signal and special messages will maintain the last value and output
QERR_RD=TRUE is set.

40 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.4.7 Message characteristics


The alarm blocks are only called if a change in condition is recognized in the signal and special
messages.
SMC_TIME sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 - Start-up data S
2 - Time telegram failure S
3 - Time difference between telegram and int. S
clock > 1 second
4 - STOP of time-stamping function S
5 QOFLOW Buffer is full S
6 - - -
7 - - -
8 - - -
MSG_EVID2 9 QMSG_0 Input 0 -
10 QMSG_1 Input 1 -
11 QMSG_2 Input 2 -
12 QMSG_3 Input 3 -
13 QMSG_4 Input 4 -
14 QMSG_5 Input 5 -
15 QMSG_6 Input 6 -
16 QMSG_7 Input 7 -

The assiociated values of ALARM_8P are allocated as follows:


Message Message Associate Block Meaning
block number d value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 - Time-stamp for messages in ISP format
- 2 BA_NA Batch name
- 3 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 4 BA_ID Batch ID
- 5 AUX_PR05 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR06 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR07 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR08 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR09 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR10 unassigned
MSG_EVID2 - 1 - Time-stamp for messages in ISP format
- 2 BA_NA Batch name
- 3 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 4 BA_ID Batch ID
- 5 AUX_PR05 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR06 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR07 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR08 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR09 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR10 unassigned

The associated values AUX_PR05 - AUX_PR10 are freely available.


Every signal message can be separately switched off via the M_SUP_Sx outputs.

Siemens AG 41
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.4.8 Startup behavior


Messages are supressed in OB100.

3.4.9 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=04 – 10, 14 – 20)
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: current batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH-batch name +
[32]
DADDR INT I Diagnostic address
EN_RD BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading of record
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
M_SUP_Sx BOOL I 1=Message suppression active for signal +
input x (x=0..7)
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledge alarm 8p block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledge alarm 8p block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of Alarm 8p block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of Alarm 8p block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the records
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P Error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QMSG_x BOOL O Signal input x (x=0..7)
QOFLOW BOOL O 1=Buffer overflow
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QSTATUS BYTE O Status of special messages
QSYNC_OK BOOL O 1=Synchronization available
QTSTACT BOOL O 1=Time-stamping active +
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch-step number +

QSTATUS construction
Bit Significance
0 Start-up data
1 Time telegram error
2 Time difference between telegram and int. clock > 1 second
3 STOP of time-stamping function
4 Buffer is full
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -

42 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.4.10 Description of faceplate


The faceplate has an own symbol, from which it is called.

Time-stamping active
(QTSTACT)

The following views are available:


Overview OVERVIEW
Messages

Siemens AG 43
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.5 SMC_DIR: Signal-processing block for control function "direct-


on-line starter / soft starter”

FB2004

3.5.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
behaviour).
3.5.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
SFC21 FILL

3.5.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.

Control function ”direct-on-line starter”


Motor control Æ control stations
Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
Off BU – input 2
On BU – input 1
Operator Enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator Enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active

44 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Operator Enabling Remote On not active


PLC/PCS [DP]
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Off OP button 4
On OP button 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
Off Released control command -
Off
On> Released control command –
On>

Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode


Non-maintained command not active / active The parameter setting influences the
mode parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – Motor current
flowing
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation

Siemens AG 45
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Byte 0, Bit 4 not connected


Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax

46 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Control function ”soft starter”


Motor control Æ control stations
Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
Off BU – input 2
On BU – input 1
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Off OP button 4
On OP button 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
Off Released control command -
Off
On> Released control command –
On>

Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode


Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs

Siemens AG 47
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Feedback On Status – Motor current


flowing
Motor control Æ control function Æ times
Execution time Longer than soft coasting
time
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE3
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE4
BU – Output 3 Contactor control QE1
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General Fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax
Standard functions Æ external fault
External fault 1 BU input 4 Signalling output trip of soft starter

48 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.5.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter inputs IN_01 and
IN_23 and the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding
symbols for the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_DIR accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the inputs IN_01 (2 Bytes binary data)
and IN_23 (2 Bytes motor current).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the inputs IN_01 and IN_23 are
valid. In the case of a primary fault all inputs will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at
the corresponding outputs of the block.

3.5.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 -
0.1 Off
0.2 On> Æ On
0.3 Test1
0.4 Emergency start
0.5 Control station Local /
Remote-
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 -
0.1 Status – Off QSTOP
0.2 Status – On QRUN
0.3 Event - Overload Operation QOVL
0.4 - -
0.5 Status – Remote mode QREMOTE
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 - -
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.2- - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%. The motor current is output via the output QCUR.

Siemens AG 49
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.
3.5.6 Operating modes
Switchover of control station (REMOTE, LOCAL)
The switchover of the control station is effected via the interconnectable function input REM_L if the
input REM_SEL has been set or via the function input REM_ON_OP which is set by the OS.
The function input (REMOP_EN) influences the operator enabling (QLOCOP) for the operation via the
OS.
The operating mode of the control station is output via the output QREMOTE (1=REMOTE,
0=LOCAL). QREMOTE corresponds to the Bit DP 0.5 of SIMOCODE pro here.
In LOCAL mode the control is completely switched off via the SMC_DIR block. Control is possible
then only via the control station which is directly connected with SIMOCODE pro . Fault
acknowledgement is still possible.
Switchover of operating modes (MANUAL, AUTO) with REMOTE selected
With QREMOTE = TRUE the MANUAL and AUTOMATIC operating modes switchover is achieved
either with OS operation by means of AUT_ON_OP (LIOP_SEL = 0) or with the interconnection of the
input AUT_L (LIOP_SEL = 1).
The function inputs (MANOP_EN, AUTOP_EN) influence the operator enabling (QMANOP, QAUTOP)
for the operation via the OS.
The operating mode is output at the output QMAN_AUT (1=AUTO, 0=MANUAL).
Switchover of control station for MANUAL
In the REMOTE mode the operation can be effected in the MANUAL mode either via the OS or via the
interconnectable function inputs. The switchover is done via the interconnectable function input
LINK_MAN.

50 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.5.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode


General
The PLC/DP control station of SIMOCODE pro (i.e. DP0.1 and 0.2) is level-active. The On command
is stored in SIMOCODE pro. The Off command (DP0.1) overrides the On command (DP0.2).
Control of SIMOCODE pro via AS / OS is possible only in the REMOTE mode.
AUTOMATIC
In the automatic mode the control of the SIMOCODE pro control functions is effected via the
interconnectable function input AUTO_ON (TRUE = On, FALSE = Off).
Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). If the
error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the automatic interface is
active.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the
command at the automatic interface is active. The stop command is not required for switching off the
unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.
MANUAL

In the manual mode the control of SIMOCODE pro is achieved either via the function input MAN_ON
(TRUE = On, FALSE = Off) set by the OS or via the configurable function inputs L_ON and L_OFF.
The inputs for the operator enabling ON_OP_EN / OFFOP_EN set the outputs QON_OP / QOFF_OP
for the operation via OS.
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable manual
interface is active.
The Off command overrides the On command (no edge evaluation!).

After switchover to manual operation and when L_ON / L_OFF is active, the commands will be
executed only with a positive edge change at the inputs.

Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)


With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable inputs is
active. The operator-controllable input MAN_ON is corrected at a switching off.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bits are set anew when the
commands at the automatic interface are active. The stop command is not required for switching off
the unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.

Siemens AG 51
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.5.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control


Modality

Automatic commands

AUTO_ON

SIMOCODE pro

Local Control
Station

AUTO
Interconnectable inputs
1 DP 0.1, 0.2 PROFIBUS-DP
L_ON
0
L_OFF Op. mode AUTO/ MANUAL: QREMOTE = TRUE
MANUAL LIOP_SEL
Manual control / operator input

1 AUTOP_EN
AUT_ON_OP MANOP_EN
0
0
AUT_L
1 MAN_ONOP
Operator controllable inputs

MAN_ON
Operator control modality REMOTE/LOCAL
ON_OP_EN
LINK_MAN
OFFOP_EN REM_ON_OP
1 DP 0.5 S1
LOCOP_EN_EN
REM_L
0
S2

REM_SEL

52 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.5.9 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data, SIM_I23:
motor current) instead of the process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01, IN_23). QSIM, QUALITY and
QBAD are output accordingly. The process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated.
The command status is linked to the output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01, SIM_I23). The assignment
corresponds to the assignment of the process inputs / process output and can be checked in the
chapter 3.5.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.5.10 Interlock
The interlock functions LOCK and LOCK_ON are active only in the REMOTE mode and apply to the
MANUAL and AUTO modes for all control stations of the SMC_DIR block.
An active interlocking input prevents switching and deactivates the control stations for MANUAL and
AUTO. The control bit is set permanently.
LOCK always overrides LOCK_ON.
Resetting LOCK_ON switches the motor to AUTO according to the control station for AUTO. In
MANUAL the motor is switched off.

3.5.11 Local Interruption


The output QLOC_INT indicates in REMOTE that an operator input via the local control station
(directly connected to SIMOCODE pro) has changed the current control state.

QLOC_INT is also set if the control state requested with REMOTE has not been reached and no
general fault has occurred (e.g. due to an overriding Off command at the SIMOCODE pro group
control station) within the monitoring time set via TIME_MON. With TIME_MON = 0 or MONITOR =
FALSE this monitoring is deactivated.

With QLOC_INT = TRUE the control outputs are reset.

QLOC_INT is reset with the inputs RESET (operator-controllable) / L_RESET (configurable). The
input RESET is reset after the acknowledgement. When L_RESET is active permanently QLOC_INT
is set for the duration of a cycle if the above conditions are fulfilled.

3.5.12 Current and current limit monitoring


Current
The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%.
Current limits
The current limits are read out of the record DS130. Reading of the record is either triggered via the
configurable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the limit view is selected or by OS
operation (RD_DATA). The output QEN_RDWR is reset during communication.
The read data are output at the I/O parameters Alarm high (CUR_AH), Alarm low (CUR_AL), Warning
high (CUR_WH) and Warning low (CUR_WL).

Siemens AG 53
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.
The limits can also be parameterized in the faceplate in addition. When these values are changed,
they are written to SIMOCODE pro.
The message characteristics of limit value violations is parameterized with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM. Therefor in Monitoring Functions Æ Current Limits the characteristics of trip level /
warning level is configured as follows:
• Trip level: disabled or tripping
• Warning level: disabled or warning.
When an error occurs during writing the values are reset to 0 and the output is set to
QERR_WR=TRUE.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limits triggers sending of the corresponding message as far as
the limit signal has not been deactivated entirely via the parameter M_SUP_C (default setting is:
deactivated). The messages of the limit value violations are generated in SIMOCODE pro and
evaluated in the block. The outputs QCUR_AH, QCUR_AL, QCUR_WH and QCUR_WL are set
accordingly.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bar are parameterized via the function inputs MO_PVHR and MO_PVLR
and can be set in the OS.

3.5.13 Message characteristics


SMC_DIR sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x@
3 QCUR_AH Current Alarm high AH
4 QCUR_WH Current Warning high WH
5 QCUR_WL Current Warning low WL
6 QCUR_AL Current Alarm low AL
7 QCST Feedback Test WH
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -
The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=8 – 16) at SMC_DIR.

54 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:


Message Message Associated Block Meaning
block number value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO
Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20
DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning
additional information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PLC Bus / PLC error
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The associated values AUX_PR14 - AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The current limit signals can be suppressed via the input M_SUP_C. The default value of the input
M_SUP_C is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is active.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_DIR for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Current limit signals (signal number 3-6)

The current limit signals are generated by SIMOCODE pro and they are contained in the diagnosis
structure DIAG_INF.

Siemens AG 55
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Feedback Test (signal number 7)


The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).
Unassigned signals (signal number 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_8 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.5.14 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset is done by SIMOCODE pro only if there is no active On command. Reset either
resets the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer exists, or it acknowledges the
fault if the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will automatically reset the general fault
when the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.
From the block point of view, the reset function is transparent, i.e. there is no logic operation with other
signals and it is independent of the mode (LOCAL / REMOTE).

3.5.15 Startup characteristics


On CPU startup the block is switched to manual operation and the Off command is output. For this
purpose, the block must be called from the startup OB. After startup the signals for the number of
cycles which have been parameterized in the value RUNUPCYC are suppressed.

3.5.16 Time response


The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

56 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.5.17 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUT_L BOOL I Configurable input for MAN/AUTO
(0=Manual/1=Auto)
AUT_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=Manual, 1=Auto +
AUTO_ON BOOL I Automatic value: 1=On, 0=Off
AUTOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for automatic
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
CUR_AH REAL IO Current Alarm Limit high +
CUR_AL REAL IO Current Alarm Limit low +
CUR_WH REAL IO Current Warning Limit High +
CUR_WL REAL IO Current Warning Limit Low +
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional +
information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional +
information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EM_START BOOL I Emergency start +
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=0 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input motor current
JOG_ON BOOL I 1=Jog mode active
L_OFF BOOL I Manual control: 1=Off
L_ON BOOL I Manual control: 1=On
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Configurable input 0Æ1: Reading of record
L_RESET BOOL I Configurable input for reset of QLOC_INT
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
LADDR INT I Logic base address
LINK_MAN BOOL I 0= Operator input active, 1= Manual
control via configurable inputs
LIOP_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for Manual/Auto
switchover (AUT_L): 1=Interconnection is
active, 0= Operation is active
LOCK BOOL I 1= Interlock (OFF) +
LOCK_ON BOOL I 1= Interlock (ON) +
LOCOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for LOCAL
M_SUP_C BOOL I 1=Signal suppression active for current +
limit violations

Siemens AG 57
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


MAN_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= ON, 0=OFF +
MANOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for manual
MO_PVHR REAL I Limit Bar High +
MO_PVLR REAL I Limit Bar Low +
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MONITOR BOOL I 1= Monitoring ON +
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=8 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OFFOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for OFF
ON_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for ON
OOS BOOL I Standby
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
QAUTOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for automatic +
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +
QCUR REAL O Motor current in %ls +
QCUR_AH BOOL O Current Alarm Limit High violated
QCUR_AL BOOL O Current Alarm Limit Low violated
QCUR_WH BOOL O Current Warning Limit High violated
QCUR_WL BOOL O Current Warning Limit Low violated
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6)
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)
QLOC_INT BOOL O 1=Manual intervention +
QLOCOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for LOCAL/REMOTE +
QMAN_AUT BOOL O 0=Manual, 1=Automatic +
QMANOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for manual +
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QOFF_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for OFF +
QON_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for ON +
QOP_ERR BOOL O 1=General operating error
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record
QREMOTE BOOL O 1=REMOTE mode (DP 0.5) +
QRUN BOOL O Status: 1=Motor ON (DP 0.2) +
QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)

58 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QSTOP BOOL O Status: 1=Motor OFF (DP 0.1) +
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
REM_L BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(0=LOCAL/1=REMOTE)
REM_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=LOCAL, 1=REMOTE +
REM_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(REM_L): 1=Interconnection is active, 0=
Operation is active
RESET BOOL IO Operator input for reset of QLOC_INT
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +
SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
TIME_MON REAL I Monitoring time in [s] +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for status displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 QMAN_AUT
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 QLOC_INT
8 LOCK / LOCK_ON
9 QRUN
10 QSTOP
11 -
12 -
13 -
14 -
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

Siemens AG 59
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.5.18 Status displays for symbols


Status Off On not available
Parameter QSTOP=1 QRUN=1 QBAD=1
Visualization

3.5.19 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Limits LIMITS
Maintenance MAINTENANCE
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Trend
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_DIR_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages, Trend and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)
Status
The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.

Status Display
Op. mode (QMAN_AUT,
(VSTATUS)
AUT_ON_OP)

Current (QCUR) / Unit


(QCUR#unit)
Command (MAN_ON)

Local Interruption
(QLOC INT) LOCK_ON

Interlock (LOCK /
LOCK ON)
LOCK
Test (QCST)

Operator control
modality (QREMOTE) Acknowledg. (RESET)

60 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Limits (LIMITS)

Current value (QCUR,


QCUR#unit)
Actual value bar (QCUR,
MO_PVHR, MO_PVLR)

Limit values (CUR_AH,


CUR_WH, CUR_WL,
CUR AL)

Limit value display Bar range (MO_PVHR,


(CUR_AH, CUR_WH, MO_PVLR)
CUR_WL, CUR_AL)

Update values (RD_DATA) Calling faceplate


SMC_MEAS, visible if
EN_MEAS = TRUE

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Control modality Local / Activating Emergency


Remote (REM_ON_OP) Start (EM_START)

Activating Monitoring
Monitoring time for Local
(MONITOR)
Interruption (TIME_MON)

Acknowledgem. Local
Interruption (RESET) Calling faceplate
SMC_STAT, visible if
EN STAT = TRUE

Siemens AG 61
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

62 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.6 SMC_REV: Signal-processing block for control function


”reversing starter / softstarter with reversing contactor”

FB2005

3.6.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
characteristics).
3.6.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
SFC21 FILL

3.6.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.

Control function ”reversing starter”


Motor control Æ control stations
Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
On< BU – input 3
Off BU – input 2
On> BU – input 1
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On

Siemens AG 63
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Operator Enabling Remote Off not active


Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
On< Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.0
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
On> OP button 3
Off OP button 4
On< OP button 2
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
On< Released control command –
On<
Off Released control command –
Off
On> Released control command –
On>

Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode


Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Saving change-over command active
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – Motor current
flowing

Outputs Æ Basic unit


BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE2
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs

64 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

LED green 2 Indication QLE< (On<)


LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 Status – On<
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 Status – Interlocking time active
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax

Siemens AG 65
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Control function ”soft starter with reversing contactor”


Motor control Æ control stations
Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
On< BU – input 3
Off BU – input 2
On> BU – input 1
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
On< Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.0
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
On> OP button 3
Off OP button 4
On< OP button 2
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
On< Released control command –
On<
Off Released control command –
Off
On> Released control command –
On>

66 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode


Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Saving change-over command active
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Motor control Æ control function Æ times
Execution time Longer than soft coasting
time
Feedback On Status – Motor current
flowing
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE2
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 2 Indication QLE< (On<)
LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
Outputs Æ digital module 1
DM – Output 1 Contactor control QE3
DM – Output 2 Contactor control QE4
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 Status – On<
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 Status – Interlocking time active
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax

Siemens AG 67
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Standard functions Æ external fault 1


External fault 1 BU input 4 Signalling output trip of soft starter
Response switch off

68 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.6.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter inputs IN_01 and
IN_23 and the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding
symbols for the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_REV accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the inputs IN_01 (2 Bytes binary data)
and IN_23 (2 Bytes motor current).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the inputs IN_01 and IN_23 are
valid. In the case of a primary fault all inputs will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at
the corresponding outputs of the block.

3.6.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 On< Æ Counterclockwise On
0.1 Off
0.2 On> Æ Clockwise On
0.3 Test1
0.4 Emergency start
0.5 Control station Local /
Remote-
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 Status – On< QRUN / QDIR = TRUE
0.1 Status – Off QSTOP
0.2 Status – On> QRUN / QDIR = FALSE
0.3 Event - Overload Operation QOVL
0.4 Status – Interlocking time QLTA
active
0.5 Status – Remote mode QREMOTE
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 - -
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.2- - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%. The motor current is output via the output QCUR.

Siemens AG 69
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.
3.6.6 Operating modes
Switchover of control station (REMOTE, LOCAL)
The switchover of the control station is effected via the configurable function input REM_L if the input
REM_SEL has been set or via the function input REM_ON_OP which is set by the OS.
The function input (REMOP_EN) influences the operator enabling (QLOCOP) for the operation via the
OS.
The operating mode of the control station is output via the output QREMOTE (1=REMOTE,
0=LOCAL). QREMOTE corresponds to the Bit DP 0.5 of SIMOCODE pro here.
In LOCAL mode the control is completely switched off via the SMC_REV block. Control is possible
then only via the control station which is directly connected with SIMOCODE pro . Fault
acknowledgement is still possible.
Switchover of operating modes (MANUAL, AUTO) with REMOTE selected
With QREMOTE = TRUE the MANUAL and AUTOMATIC operating modes switchover is achieved
either with OS operation by means of AUT_ON_OP (LIOP_SEL = 0) or with the interconnection of the
input AUT_L (LIOP_SEL = 1).
The function inputs (MANOP_EN, AUTOP_EN) influence the operator enabling (QMANOP, QAUTOP)
for the operation via the OS.
The operating mode is output at the output QMAN_AUT (1=AUTO, 0=MANUAL).
Switchover of control station for MANUAL
In the REMOTE mode the operation can be effected in the MANUAL mode either via the OS or via the
configurable function inputs. The switchover is done via the configurable function input LINK_MAN.

70 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.6.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode


General
The PLC/DP control station of SIMOCODE pro (i.e. DP0.0, 0.1 and 0.2) is level-active. The On
command is stored in SIMOCODE pro. The Off command (DP0.1) overrides the On command (DP0.0
or DP0.2).
Control of SIMOCODE pro via AS / OS is possible only in the REMOTE mode.
AUTOMATIC
In the automatic mode the control of the SIMOCODE pro control functions is effected via the
configurable functions input AUTO_ON (TRUE = On, FALSE = Off) and AUTO_DIR (TRUE =
counterclockwise rotation, FALSE = clockwise rotation).
Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the automatic interface is
active.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the
command at the automatic interface is active. The stop command is not required for switching off the
unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.
MANUAL

In manual mode, the control of SIMOCODE pro is achieved either via the function inputs FORW_ON,
REV_ON and MOT_OFF which are set by the OS, or via the configurable function inputs L_FORW,
L_REV and L_OFF.
The inputs for the operator enabling FW_OP_EN / RV_OP_EN / OFFOP_EN set the outputs
QFORW_OP / QREV_OP / QOFF_OP for the operation via OS.
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable manual
interface is active.
The Off command overrides the On commands (no edge evaluation!).
The following priorities apply to the On commands:
Clockwise overrides.

After switchover to manual operation and when L_FORW / L_REV / L_OFF is active, the commands
will be executed only with a positive edge change at the inputs.

Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)


With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable inputs is
active. The operator-controllable inputs FORW_ON, REV_ON and MOT_OFF are corrected at
switching off.

Siemens AG 71
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)


The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bits are set anew when the
commands at the automatic interface are active. The stop command is not required for switching off
the unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.

3.6.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control


Modality

Automatic commands

AUTO_ON

AUTO_DIR
SIMOCODE pro

Local control station.

AUTO
Interconnectable inputs
1 DP 0.0, 0.1, 0.2 PROFIBUS-DP
L_FORW
0
L_REV Operating mode AUTO/ MANUAL: QREMOTE = TRUE
MANUAL LIOP_SEL
L_OFF
Manual control / Operator input

1 AUTOP_EN
AUT_ON_OP MANOP_EN
0
0
AUT_L
Operatorcontrollable inputs 1

FORW_ON
Operator control modality REMOTE/LOCAL
FW_OP_EN
LINK_MAN
REV_ON REM_ON_OP
1 DP 0.5 S1
RV_OP_EN LOCOP_EN_EN
MAN_ON
MOT_OFF REM_L
0
OFFOP_EN S2

REM_SEL

72 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.6.9 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data, SIM_I23:
motor current) instead of the process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01, IN_23). QSIM, QUALITY and
QBAD are output accordingly. The process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated.
The command status is linked to the output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01, SIM_I23). The assignment
corresponds to the assignment of the process inputs / process output and can be checked in the
chapter 3.6.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.6.10 Interlock
The interlock functions LOCK and LOCK_ON are active only in the REMOTE mode and apply to the
MANUAL and AUTO modes for all control stations of the SMC_REV block.
An active interlocking input prevents switching and deactivates the control stations for MANUAL and
AUTO. The control bit is set permanently.
LOCK always overrides LOCK_ON.
The input LOCK_DIR (TRUE = counterclockwise rotation, FALSE = clockwise rotation) determines the
desired option for LOCK_ON.
Resetting LOCK_ON switches the motor to AUTO according to the control station for AUTO. In
MANUAL the motor is switched off.

3.6.11 Local Interruption


The output QLOC_INT indicates in REMOTE that an operator input via the local control station
(directly connected to SIMOCODE pro) has changed the current control state.

QLOC_INT is also set if the control state requested with REMOTE has not been reached and no
general fault has occurred (e.g. due to an overriding Off command at the SIMOCODE pro group
control station) within the monitoring time set via TIME_MON. With TIME_MON = 0 or MONITOR =
FALSE this monitoring is deactivated.

The monitoring time is started only after the interlock time has elapsed.

With QLOC_INT = TRUE the control outputs are reset.

QLOC_INT is reset with the inputs RESET (operator-controllable) / L_RESET (configurable). The
input RESET is reset after the acknowledgement. When L_RESET is active permanently QLOC_INT
is set for the duration of a cycle if the above conditions are fulfilled.

3.6.12 Current and current limit monitoring


Current
The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%.

Siemens AG 73
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Current limits
The current limits are read out of the record DS130. Reading of the record is either triggered via the
configurable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the limit view is selected or by OS
operation (RD_DATA). The output QEN_RDWR is reset during communication.
The read data are output at the I/O parameters Alarm high (CUR_AH), Alarm low (CUR_AL), Warning
high (CUR_WH) and Warning low (CUR_WL).
When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.
The limits can also be parameterized in the faceplate in addition. When these values are changed,
they are written to SIMOCODE pro.
The message characteristics of limit value violations is parameterized with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM. Therefor in Monitoring Functions Æ Current Limits the characteristics of trip level /
warning level is configured as follows:
• Trip level: disabled or tripping
• Warning level: disabled or warning.
When an error occurs during writing the values are reset to 0 and the output is set to
QERR_WR=TRUE.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limits triggers sending of the corresponding message as far as
the limit signal has not been deactivated entirely via the parameter M_SUP_C (default setting is:
deactivated). The messages of the limit value violations are generated in SIMOCODE pro and
evaluated in the block. The outputs QCUR_AH, QCUR_AL, QCUR_WH and QCUR_WL are set
accordingly.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bar are parameterized via the function inputs MO_PVHR and MO_PVLR
and can be set in the OS.

3.6.13 Message characteristics


SMC_REV sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x
@
3 QCUR_AH Current Alarm high AH
4 QCUR_WH Current Warning high WH
5 QCUR_WL Current Warning low WL
6 QCUR_AL Current Alarm low AL
7 QCST Feedback Test WH
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -

74 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=8 – 16) at SMC_REV.

Siemens AG 75
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:


Message Message Associate Block Meaning
block number d value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NOBatch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20
DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning additional
information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PL Bus / PLC error
C
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The associated values AUX_PR14 – AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The current limit signals can be suppressed via the input M_SUP_C. The default value of the input
M_SUP_C is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is active.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_REV for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Current limit signals (signal number 3-6)

The current limit signals are generated by SIMOCODE pro and they are contained in the diagnosis
structure DIAG_INF.

76 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Feedback Test (signal number 7)


The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).
Unassigned signals (signal number 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_8 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.6.14 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset is done by SIMOCODE pro only if there is no active On command. Reset either
resets the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer exists, or it acknowledges the
fault if the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will automatically reset the general fault
when the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.
From the block point of view, the reset function is transparent, i.e. there is no logic operation with other
signals and it is independent of the mode (LOCAL / REMOTE).

3.6.15 Startup characteristics


On CPU startup the block is switched to manual operation and the Off command is output. For this
purpose, the block must be called from the startup OB. After startup the signals for the number of
cycles which have been parameterized in the value RUNUPCYC are suppressed.

3.6.16 Time response


The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

Siemens AG 77
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.6.17 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUT_L BOOL I Configurable input for MAN/AUTO
(0=Manual/1=Auto)
AUT_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=Manual, 1=Auto +
AUTO_DIR BOOL I Automatic value: 1=counterclockwise,
0=clockwise
AUTO_ON BOOL I Automatic value: 1=On, 0=Off
AUTOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for automatic
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
CUR_AH REAL IO Current Alarm Limit high +
CUR_AL REAL IO Current Alarm Limit low +
CUR_WH REAL IO Current Warning Limit High +
CUR_WL REAL IO Current Warning Limit Low +
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional +
information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional +
information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EM_START BOOL I Emergency start +
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
FORW_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= CLOCKWISE ON +
FW_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for CLOCKWISE ON
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 0.x (x=0 – 7)
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=1 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input motor current
JOG_ON BOOL I 1=Jog mode active
L_FORW BOOL I Manual control: 1=clockwise On
L_OFF BOOL I Manual control: 1=Off
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Configurable input 0Æ1: Reading of record
L_RESET BOOL I Configurable input for reset of QLOC_INT
L_REV BOOL I Manual control: 1=counterclockwise On
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
LADDR INT I Logic base address
LINK_MAN BOOL I 0= Operator input active, 1= Manual
control via configurable inputs
LIOP_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for Manual/Auto
switchover (AUT_L): 1=Interconnection is

78 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


active, 0= Operation is active
LOCK BOOL I 1= Interlock (OFF) +
LOCK_DIR BOOL I Direction of rotation with LOCK_ON: +
1=counterclockwise, 0=clockwise
LOCK_ON BOOL I 1= Interlock (ON) +
LOCOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for LOCAL
M_SUP_C BOOL I 1=Signal suppression active for current +
limit violations
MANOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for manual
MO_PVHR REAL I Limit Bar High +
MO_PVLR REAL I Limit Bar Low +
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MONITOR BOOL I 1= Monitoring ON +
MOT_OFF BOOL IO Operator input: 1= OFF +
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=8 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OFFOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for OFF
OOS BOOL I Standby
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
QAUTOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for automatic +
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +
QCUR REAL O Motor current in %ls +
QCUR_AH BOOL O Current Alarm Limit High violated
QCUR_AL BOOL O Current Alarm Limit Low violated
QCUR_WH BOOL O Current Warning Limit High violated
QCUR_WL BOOL O Current Warning Limit Low violated
QDIR BOOL O Status direction of rotation: +
1=counterclockwise, 0=clockwise
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QFORW_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for CLOCKWISE ON +
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6)
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)
QLOC_INT BOOL O 1=Manual intervention +
QLOCOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for LOCAL/REMOTE +
QLTA BOOL O 1=Interlock time running (DP 0.4) +
QMAN_AUT BOOL O 0=Manual, 1=Automatic +
QMANOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for manual +
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +

Siemens AG 79
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QOFF_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for OFF +
QOP_ERR BOOL O 1=General operating error
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record
QREMOTE BOOL O 1=REMOTE mode (DP 0.5) +
QREV_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for +
COUNTERCLOCKWISE ON
QRUN BOOL O Status: 1=Motor ON (DP 0.2) +
QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)
QSTOP BOOL O Status: 1=Motor OFF (DP 0.1) +
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
REM_L BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(0=LOCAL/1=REMOTE)
REM_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=LOCAL, 1=REMOTE +
REM_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(REM_L): 1=interconnection is active, 0=
operator control is active
RESET BOOL IO Operator input for reset of QLOC_INT
REV_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= +
COUNTERCLOCKWISE ON
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
RV_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for
COUNTERCLOCKWISE ON
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +
SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
TIME_MON REAL I Monitoring time in [s] +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for status displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

80 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 QMAN_AUT
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 QLOC_INT
8 LOCK / LOCK_ON
9 QRUN
10 QSTOP
11 QDIR
12 -
13 -
14 -
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

3.6.18 State displays for symbols


State Off clockwise On counterclockw not available
ise On
Parameter QSTOP=1 QRUN = 1 QRUN=1 QBAD=1
QDIR = 0 QDIR = 1
Visualization

Siemens AG 81
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.6.19 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Limits LIMITS
Maintenance MAINTENANCE
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Trend
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_REV_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages, Trend and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)
Status
The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.

Mode (QMAN_AUT,
AUT_ON_OP)

Status display
(VSTATUS) Command CCW
active (REV_ON)
Current (QCUR) / Unit
(QCUR#unit) Command Off
(MOT_OFF)
Local Interruption
(QLOC INT) Command CW active
(FORW_ON)
Interlock (LOCK /
LOCK ON)

Test (QCST)

Modality (QREMOTE) Acknowledg. (RESET)

Interlocking time active


(QLTA)

82 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Limits (LIMITS)

Current value (QCUR,


QCUR#unit)
Actual value bar (QCUR,
MO_PVHR, MO_PVLR)

Limit values (CUR_AH,


CUR_WH, CUR_WL,
CUR AL)

Limit value display Bar range (MO_PVHR,


(CUR_AH, CUR_WH, MO_PVLR)
CUR_WL, CUR_AL)

Update values (RD_DATA) Calling faceplate


SMC_MEAS, visible if
EN_MEAS = TRUE

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Modality Local / Remote Activating Emergency


(REM_ON_OP) Start (EM_START)

Activating Monitoring
Monitoring time for Local (MONITOR)
Interruption (TIME_MON)

Acknowledgement Local
Interruption (RESET) Calling faceplate
SMC_STAT, visible if
EN STAT = TRUE

Siemens AG 83
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

84 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.7 SMC_STAR: Signal-processing block for control function


”star/delta starter”
FB2006
3.7.1 Calling OBs
The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
characteristics).
3.7.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
SFC21 FILL

3.7.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.

Motor control Æ control stations


Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
Off BU – input 2
On BU – input 1
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active

Siemens AG 85
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Operator Enabling Remote On not active


PLC/PCS [DP]
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Off OP button 4
On OP button 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
Off Released control command -
Off
On> Released control command –
On>

Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode


Non-maintained command not active / active The parameter setting influences the
mode parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – Motor current
flowing
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE2
BU – Output 3 Contactor control QE3
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off

86 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>


Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 Status – Dead interval on reversing
running
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General Fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax

Siemens AG 87
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.7.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter inputs IN_01 and
IN_23 and the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding
symbols for the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_STAR accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the inputs IN_01 (2 Bytes binary
data) and IN_23 (2 Bytes motor current).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the inputs IN_01 and IN_23 are
valid. In the case of a primary fault all inputs will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at
the corresponding outputs of the block.

3.7.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 -
0.1 Off
0.2 On> Æ On
0.3 Test1
0.4 Emergency start
0.5 Control station Local /
Remote-
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 -
0.1 Status – Off QSTOP
0.2 Status – On QRUN
0.3 Event - Overload Operation QOVL
0.4 Status – Dead interval on QCOA
reversing running
0.5 Status – Remote mode QREMOTE
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 - -
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.2- - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%. The motor current is output via the output QCUR.

88 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.

3.7.6 Operating modes


Switchover of control station (REMOTE, LOCAL)
The switchover of the control station is effected via the configurable function input REM_L if the input
REM_SEL has been set or via the function input REM_ON_OP which is set by the OS.
The function input (REMOP_EN) influences the operator enabling (QLOCOP) for the operation via the
OS.
The operating mode of the control station is output via the output QREMOTE (1=REMOTE,
0=LOCAL). QREMOTE corresponds to the Bit DP 0.5 of SIMOCODE pro here.
In LOCAL mode the control is completely switched off via the SMC_STAR block. Control is possible
then only via the control station which is directly connected with SIMOCODE pro. Fault
acknowledgement is still possible.
Switchover of operating modes (MANUAL, AUTO) with REMOTE selected
With QREMOTE = TRUE the MANUAL and AUTOMATIC operating modes switchover is achieved
either with OS operation by means of AUT_ON_OP (LIOP_SEL = 0) or with the interconnection of the
input AUT_L (LIOP_SEL = 1).
The function inputs (MANOP_EN, AUTOP_EN) influence the operator enabling (QMANOP, QAUTOP)
for the operation via the OS.
The operating mode is output at the output QMAN_AUT (1=AUTO, 0=MANUAL).
Switchover of control station for MANUAL
In the REMOTE mode the operation can be effected in the MANUAL mode either via the OS or via the
configurable function inputs. The switchover is done via the configurable function input LINK_MAN.

Siemens AG 89
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.7.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode


General
The PLC/DP control station of SIMOCODE pro (i.e. DP0.1 and 0.2) is level-active. The On command
is stored in SIMOCODE pro. The Off command (DP0.1) overrides the On command (DP0.2).
Control of SIMOCODE pro via AS / OS is possible only in the REMOTE mode.
AUTOMATIC
In the automatic mode the control of the SIMOCODE pro control functions is effected via the
configurable function input AUTO_ON (TRUE = On, FALSE = Off).
Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the automatic interface is
active.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the
command at the automatic interface is active. The stop command is not required for switching off the
unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.
MANUAL

In the manual mode the control of SIMOCODE pro is achieved either via the function input MAN_ON
(TRUE = On, FALSE = Off) set by the OS or via the configurable function inputs L_ON and L_OFF.
The inputs for the operator enabling ON_OP_EN / OFFOP_EN set the outputs QON_OP / QOFF_OP
for the operation via OS.
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable manual
interface is active.
The Off command overrides the On command (no edge evaluation!).

After switchover to manual operation and when L_ON / L_OFF is active, the commands will be
executed only with a positive edge change at the inputs.

Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)


With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable inputs is
active. The operator-controllable input MAN_ON is corrected at a switching off.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bits are set anew when the
commands at the automatic interface are active. The stop command is not required for switching off
the unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.

90 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.7.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control


Modality

Automatic commands

AUTO_ON

SIMOCODE pro

Local Control
Station

AUTO
Interconnectable inputs
1 DP 0.1, 0.2 PROFIBUS-DP
L_ON
0
L_OFF Op. mode AUTO/ MANUAL: QREMOTE = TRUE
MANUAL LIOP_SEL
Manual control / operator input

1 AUTOP_EN
AUT_ON_OP MANOP_EN
0
0
AUT_L
1 MAN_ONOP
Operator controllable inputs

MAN_ON
Operator control modality REMOTE/LOCAL
ON_OP_EN
LINK_MAN
OFFOP_EN REM_ON_OP
1 DP 0.5 S1
LOCOP_EN_EN
REM_L
0
S2

REM_SEL

Siemens AG 91
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.7.9 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data, SIM_I23:
motor current) instead of the process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01, IN_23). QSIM, QUALITY and
QBAD are output accordingly. The process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated.
The command status is linked to the output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01, SIM_I23). The assignment
corresponds to the assignment of the process inputs / process output and can be checked in the
chapter 3.7.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.7.10 Interlock
The interlock functions LOCK and LOCK_ON are active only in the REMOTE mode and apply to the
MANUAL and AUTO modes for all control stations of the SMC_STAR block.
An active interlocking input prevents switching and deactivates the control stations for MANUAL and
AUTO. The control bit is set permanently.
LOCK always overrides LOCK_ON.
Resetting LOCK_ON switches the motor to AUTO according to the control station for AUTO. In
MANUAL the motor is switched off.

3.7.11 Local Interruption


The output QLOC_INT indicates in REMOTE that an operator input via the local control station
(directly connected to SIMOCODE pro) has changed the current control state.

QLOC_INT is also set if the control state requested with REMOTE has not been reached and no
general fault has occurred (e.g. due to an overriding Off command at the SIMOCODE pro group
control station) within the monitoring time set via TIME_MON. With TIME_MON = 0 or MONITOR =
FALSE this monitoring is deactivated.

With QLOC_INT = TRUE the control outputs are reset.

QLOC_INT is reset with the inputs RESET (operator-controllable) / L_RESET (configurable). The
input RESET is reset after the acknowledgement. When L_RESET is active permanently QLOC_INT
is set for the duration of a cycle if the above conditions are fulfilled.

3.7.12 Current and current limit monitoring


Current
The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%.
Current limits
The current limits are read out of the record DS130. Reading of the record is either triggered via the
configurable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the limit view is selected or by OS
operation (RD_DATA). The output QEN_RDWR is reset during communication.
The read data are output at the I/O parameters Alarm high (CUR_AH), Alarm low (CUR_AL), Warning
high (CUR_WH) and Warning low (CUR_WL).

92 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.
The limits can also be parameterized in the faceplate in addition. When these values are changed,
they are written to SIMOCODE pro.
The message characteristics of limit value violations is parameterized with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM. Therefor in Monitoring Functions Æ Current Limits the characteristics of trip level /
warning level is configured as follows:
• Trip level: disabled or tripping
• Warning level: disabled or warning.
When an error occurs during writing the values are reset to 0 and the output is set to
QERR_WR=TRUE.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limits triggers sending of the corresponding message unless the
limit signal has been deactivated entirely via the parameter M_SUP_C (default setting is: deactivated).
The messages of the limit value violations are generated in SIMOCODE pro and evaluated in the
block. The outputs QCUR_AH, QCUR_AL, QCUR_WH and QCUR_WL are set accordingly.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bar are parameterized via the function inputs MO_PVHR and MO_PVLR
and can be set in the OS.

3.7.13 Message characteristics


SMC_STAR sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x
@
3 QCUR_AH Current Alarm high AH
4 QCUR_WH Current Warning high WH
5 QCUR_WL Current Warning low WL
6 QCUR_AL Current Alarm low AL
7 QCST Feedback Test WH
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -
The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=8 – 16) at SMC_STAR.

Siemens AG 93
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:


Message Message Associate Block Meaning
block number d value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning additional
information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PLC Bus / PLC error
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The associated values AUX_PR14 – AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The current limit signals can be suppressed via the input M_SUP_C. The default value of the input
M_SUP_C is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is active.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_STAR for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Current limit signals (signal number 3-6)

The current limit signals are generated by SIMOCODE pro and they are contained in the diagnosis
structure DIAG_INF.

94 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Feedback Test (signal number 7)


The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).
Unassigned signals (signal number 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_8 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.7.14 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset is done by SIMOCODE pro only if no On command is active. Reset either resets
the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer exists, or it acknowledges the fault if
the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will automatically reset the general fault when
the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.
From the block point of view, the reset function is transparent, i.e. there is no logic operation with other
signals and it is independent of the mode (LOCAL / REMOTE).

3.7.15 Startup characteristics


On CPU startup the block is switched to manual operation and the Off command is output. For this
purpose, the block must be called from the startup OB. After startup the signals for the number of
cycles which have been parameterized in the value RUNUPCYC are suppressed.

3.7.16 Time response


The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

Siemens AG 95
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.7.17 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUT_L BOOL I Configurable input for MAN/AUTO
(0=Manual/1=Auto)
AUT_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=Manual, 1=Auto +
AUTO_ON BOOL I Automatic value: 1=On, 0=Off
AUTOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for automatic
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
CUR_AH REAL IO Current Alarm Limit high +
CUR_AL REAL IO Current Alarm Limit low +
CUR_WH REAL IO Current Warning Limit High +
CUR_WL REAL IO Current Warning Limit Low +
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional +
information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional +
information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EM_START BOOL I Emergency start +
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=0 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input motor current
JOG_ON BOOL I 1=Jog mode active
L_OFF BOOL I Manual control: 1=Off
L_ON BOOL I Manual control: 1=On
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Configurable input 0Æ1: Reading of record
L_RESET BOOL I Configurable input for reset of QLOC_INT
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
LADDR INT I Logic base address
LINK_MAN BOOL I 0= Operator input active, 1= Manual
control via configurable inputs
LIOP_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for Manual/Auto
switchover (AUT_L): 1=interconnection is
active, 0= operator control is active
LOCK BOOL I 1= Interlock (OFF) +
LOCK_ON BOOL I 1= Interlock (ON) +
LOCOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for LOCAL
M_SUP_C BOOL I 1=Signal suppression active for current +
limit violations

96 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


MAN_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= ON, 0=OFF +
MANOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for manual
MO_PVHR REAL I Limit Bar High +
MO_PVLR REAL I Limit Bar Low +
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MONITOR BOOL I 1= Monitoring ON +
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=8 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OFFOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for OFF
ON_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for ON
OOS BOOL I Standby
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
QAUTOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for automatic +
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QCOA BOOL O 1=dead interval on reversing running (DP +
0.4)
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +
QCUR REAL O Motor current in %ls +
QCUR_AH BOOL O Current Alarm Limit High violated
QCUR_AL BOOL O Current Alarm Limit Low violated
QCUR_WH BOOL O Current Warning Limit High violated
QCUR_WL BOOL O Current Warning Limit Low violated
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6)
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)
QLOC_INT BOOL O 1=Manual intervention +
QLOCOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for LOCAL/REMOTE +
QMAN_AUT BOOL O 0=Manual, 1=Automatic +
QMANOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for manual +
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QOFF_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for OFF +
QON_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for ON +
QOP_ERR BOOL O 1=General operating error
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record
QREMOTE BOOL O 1=REMOTE mode (DP 0.5) +
QRUN BOOL O Status: 1=Motor ON (DP 0.2) +

Siemens AG 97
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)
QSTOP BOOL O Status: 1=Motor OFF (DP 0.1) +
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
REM_L BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(0=LOCAL/1=REMOTE)
REM_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=LOCAL, 1=REMOTE +
REM_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(REM_L): 1=interconnection is active, 0=
operator control is active
RESET BOOL IO Operator input for reset of QLOC_INT
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +
SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
TIME_MON REAL I Monitoring time in [s] +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for state displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 QMAN_AUT
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 QLOC_INT
8 LOCK / LOCK_ON
9 QRUN
10 QSTOP
11 -
12 -
13 -
14 -
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

98 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.7.18 State displays for symbols


State Off On On Not available
Star Delta
Parameter QSTOP=1 QSTOP = 0 QSTOP = 0 QBAD=1
QRUN = 0 QRUN=1
Visualization

3.7.19 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Limits LIMITS
Maintenance MAINTENANCE
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Trend
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_STAR_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages, Trend and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)
Status
The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.

Status display
(VSTATUS) Operating mode
(QMAN_AUT,
AUT ON OP)
Current (QCUR) / unit
(QCUR#unit)
Command (MAN_ON)
Local Interruption
(QLOC INT)
LOCK_ON
Interlock (LOCK /
LOCK ON)
LOCK
Test (QCST)

Operator control
modality (QREMOTE) Acknowledgement
(RESET)

Change-over pause
active (QCOA)

Siemens AG 99
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Limits (LIMITS)

Current value (QCUR,


QCUR#unit)
Actual value bar (QCUR,
MO_PVHR, MO_PVLR)

Limit values (CUR_AH,


CUR_WH, CUR_WL,
CUR AL)

Limit value display Bar range (MO_PVHR,


(CUR_AH, CUR_WH, MO_PVLR)
CUR_WL, CUR_AL)

Update values (RD_DATA) Calling faceplate


SMC_MEAS, visible if
EN_MEAS = TRUE

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Activation Emergency
Operator control modality Start (EM_START)
Local / Remote
(REM ON OP)

Activating Monitoring
Monitoring time for Local (MONITOR)
Interruption (TIME_MON)

Acknowledgement Local
Interruption (RESET) Calling faceplate
SMC_STAT, visible if
EN STAT = TRUE

100 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Siemens AG 101
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.8 SMC_REVS: Signal-processing block for control function


”star/delta starter with reversal”

FB2007

3.8.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
characteristics).
3.8.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
SFC21 FILL

3.8.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.

Motor control Æ control stations


Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
On< BU – input 3
Off BU – input 2
On> BU – input 1
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On

102 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Operator Enabling Remote Off not active


Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
On> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.0
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
On< OP button 2
Off OP button 4
On> OP button 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
On< Released control command –
On<
Off Released control command -
Off
On> Released control command –
On>

Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode


Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – Motor current
flowing
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE2
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 2 Indication QLE< (On<)

Siemens AG 103
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)


LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
Outputs Æ digital module 1
DM – Output 1 Contactor control QE3
DM – Output 2 Contactor control QE4
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 Status – On<
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 Status – Dead interval on reversing
running
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 Status – Interlocking time active
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax

3.8.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter inputs IN_01 and
IN_23 and the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding
symbols for the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_REVS accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the inputs IN_01 (2 Bytes binary
data) and IN_23 (2 Bytes motor current).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the inputs IN_01 and IN_23 are
valid. In the case of a primary fault all inputs will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at
the corresponding outputs of the block.

104 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.8.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 On< Æ counterclockwise
active
0.1 Off
0.2 On> Æ clockwise Active
0.3 Test1
0.4 Emergency start
0.5 Control station Local /
Remote-
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 Status – On< QRUN / QDIR = TRUE
0.1 Status – Off QSTOP
0.2 Status – On> QRUN / QDIR = FALSE
0.3 Event - Overload Operation QOVL
0.4 Status – Dead interval on QCOA
reversing running
0.5 Status – Remote mode QREMOTE
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 - -
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.3 Status – Interlocking time QLTA
active
1.4- - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%. The motor current is output via the output QCUR.

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.

Siemens AG 105
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.8.6 Operating modes


Switchover of control station (REMOTE, LOCAL)
The switchover of the control station is effected via the configurable function input REM_L if the input
REM_SEL has been set or via the function input REM_ON_OP which is set by the OS.
The function input (REMOP_EN) influences the operator enabling (QLOCOP) for the operation via the
OS.
The operating mode of the control station is output via the output QREMOTE (1=REMOTE,
0=LOCAL). QREMOTE corresponds to the Bit DP 0.5 of SIMOCODE pro here.
In LOCAL mode the control is completely switched off via the SMC_REVS block. Control is possible
then only via the control station which is directly connected with SIMOCODE pro . Fault
acknowledgement is still possible.
Switchover of operating modes (MANUAL, AUTO) with REMOTE selected
With QREMOTE = TRUE the MANUAL and AUTOMATIC operating modes switchover is achieved
either with OS operation by means of AUT_ON_OP (LIOP_SEL = 0) or with the interconnection of the
input AUT_L (LIOP_SEL = 1).
The function inputs (MANOP_EN, AUTOP_EN) influence the operator enabling (QMANOP, QAUTOP)
for the operation via the OS.
The operating mode is output at the output QMAN_AUT (1=AUTO, 0=MANUAL).
Switchover of control station for MANUAL
In the REMOTE mode the operation can be effected in the MANUAL mode either via the OS or via the
configurable function inputs. The switchover is done via the configurable function input LINK_MAN.

106 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.8.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode


General
The PLC/DP control station of SIMOCODE pro (i.e. DP0.0, 0.1 and 0.2) is level-active. The On
command is stored in SIMOCODE pro. The Off command (DP0.1) overrides the On command (DP0.0
or DP0.2).
Control of SIMOCODE pro via AS / OS is possible only in the REMOTE mode.
AUTOMATIC
In the automatic mode the control of the SIMOCODE pro control functions is effected via the
configurable functions input AUTO_ON (TRUE = On, FALSE = Off) and AUTO_DIR (TRUE =
counterclockwise rotation, FALSE = clockwise rotation).
Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the automatic interface is
active.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the
command at the automatic interface is active. The stop command is not required for switching off the
unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.
MANUAL

In manual mode, the control of SIMOCODE pro is achieved either via the function inputs FORW_ON,
REV_ON and MOT_OFF which are set by the OS, or via the configurable function inputs L_FORW,
L_REV and L_OFF.
The inputs for the operator enabling FW_OP_EN / RV_OP_EN / OFFOP_EN set the outputs
QFORW_OP / QREV_OP / QOFF_OP for the operation via OS.
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable manual
interface is active.
The Off command overrides the On commands (no edge evaluation!).
The following priorities apply to the On commands:
Clockwise overrides counterclockwise.

After switchover to manual operation and when L_FORW / L_REV / L_OFF is active, the commands
will be executed only with a positive edge change at the inputs.

Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)


With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable inputs is
active. The operator-controllable inputs FORW_ON, REV_ON and MOT_OFF are corrected at
switching off.

Siemens AG 107
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)


The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bits are set anew when the
commands at the automatic interface are active. The stop command is not required for switching off
the unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.

3.8.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control


Modality

Automatic commands

AUTO_ON

AUTO_DIR
SIMOCODE pro

Local control station.

AUTO
Interconnectable inputs
1 DP 0.0, 0.1, 0.2 PROFIBUS-DP
L_FORW
0
L_REV Operating mode AUTO/ MANUAL: QREMOTE = TRUE
MANUAL LIOP_SEL
L_OFF
Manual control / Operator input

1 AUTOP_EN
AUT_ON_OP MANOP_EN
0
0
AUT_L
1 MAN_ONOP
Operatorcontrollable inputs

FORW_ON
Operator control modality REMOTE/LOCAL
FW_OP_EN
LINK_MAN
REV_ON REM_ON_OP
1 DP 0.5 S1
RV_OP_EN LOCOP_EN_EN
MAN_ON
MOT_OFF REM_L
0
OFFOP_EN S2

REM_SEL

108 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.8.9 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data, SIM_I23:
motor current) instead of the process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01, IN_23). QSIM, QUALITY and
QBAD are output accordingly. The process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated.
The command status is linked to the output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01, SIM_I23). The assignment
corresponds to the assignment of the process inputs / process output and can be checked in the
chapter 3.8.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.8.10 Interlock
The interlock functions LOCK and LOCK_ON are active only in the REMOTE mode and apply to the
MANUAL and AUTO modes for all control stations of the SMC_REVS block.
An active interlocking input prevents switching and deactivates the control stations for MANUAL and
AUTO. The control bit is set permanently.
LOCK always overrides LOCK_ON.
The input LOCK_DIR (TRUE = counterclockwise rotation, FALSE = clockwise rotation) determines the
desired option for LOCK_ON.
Resetting LOCK_ON switches the motor to AUTO according to the control station for AUTO. In
MANUAL the motor is switched off.

3.8.11 Local Interruption


The output QLOC_INT indicates in REMOTE that an operator input via the local control station
(directly connected to SIMOCODE pro) has changed the current control state.

QLOC_INT is also set if the control state requested with REMOTE has not been reached and no
general fault has occurred (e.g. due to an overriding Off command at the SIMOCODE pro group
control station) within the monitoring time set via TIME_MON. With TIME_MON = 0 or MONITOR =
FALSE this monitoring is deactivated.

The monitoring time is started only after the interlock time has elapsed.

With QLOC_INT = TRUE the control outputs are reset.

QLOC_INT is reset with the inputs RESET (operator-controllable) / L_RESET (configurable). The
input RESET is reset after the acknowledgement. When L_RESET is active permanently QLOC_INT
is set for the duration of a cycle if the above conditions are fulfilled.

3.8.12 Current and current limit monitoring


Current
The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%.

Siemens AG 109
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Current limits
The current limits are read out of the record DS130. Reading of the record is either triggered via the
configurable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the limit view is selected or by OS
operation (RD_DATA). The output QEN_RDWR is reset during communication.
The read data are output at the I/O parameters Alarm high (CUR_AH), Alarm low (CUR_AL), Warning
high (CUR_WH) and Warning low (CUR_WL).
The message characteristics of limit value violations is parameterized with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM. Therefor in Monitoring Functions Æ Current Limits the characteristics of trip level /
warning level is configured as follows:
• Trip level: disabled or tripping
• Warning level: disabled or warning.
When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.
The limits can also be parameterized in the faceplate in addition. When these values are changed,
they are written to SIMOCODE pro.
When an error occurs during writing the values are reset to 0 and the output is set to
QERR_WR=TRUE.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limits triggers sending of the corresponding message unless the
limit signal has been deactivated entirely via the parameter M_SUP_C (default setting is: deactivated).
The messages of the limit value violations are generated in SIMOCODE pro and evaluated in the
block. The outputs QCUR_AH, QCUR_AL, QCUR_WH and QCUR_WL are set accordingly.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bar are parameterized via the function inputs MO_PVHR and MO_PVLR
and can be set in the OS.

3.8.13 Message characteristics


SMC_REVS sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x
@
3 QCUR_AH Current Alarm high AH
4 QCUR_WH Current Warning high WH
5 QCUR_WL Current Warning low WL
6 QCUR_AL Current Alarm low AL
7 QCST Feedback Test WH
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -

110 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=8 – 16) at SMC_REVS.

Siemens AG 111
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:


Message Message Associate Block Meaning
block number d value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20 DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning additional
information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PLC Bus / PLC error
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The AUX_PR14 – AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The current limit signals can be suppressed via the input M_SUP_C. The default value of the input
M_SUP_C is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is active.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_REVS for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Current limit signals (signal number 3-6)

The current limit signals are generated by SIMOCODE pro and they are contained in the diagnosis
structure DIAG_INF.

112 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Feedback Test (signal number 7)


The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).
Unassigned signals (signal number 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_8 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.8.14 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset is done by SIMOCODE pro only if no On command is active. Reset either resets
the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer exists, or it acknowledges the fault if
the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will automatically reset the general fault when
the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.
From the block point of view, the reset function is transparent, i.e. there is no logic operation with other
signals and it is independent of the mode (LOCAL / REMOTE).

3.8.15 Startup characteristics


On CPU startup the block is switched to manual operation and the Off command is output. For this
purpose, the block must be called from the startup OB. After startup the signals for the number of
cycles which have been parameterized in the value RUNUPCYC are suppressed.

3.8.16 Time response


The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

Siemens AG 113
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.8.17 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUT_L BOOL I Configurable input for MAN/AUTO
(0=Manual/1=Auto)
AUT_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=Manual, 1=Auto +
AUTO_DIR BOOL I Automatic value: 1=counterclockwise,
0=clockwise
AUTO_ON BOOL I Automatic value: 1=On, 0=Off
AUTOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for automatic
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
CUR_AH REAL IO Current Alarm Limit high +
CUR_AL REAL IO Current Alarm Limit low +
CUR_WH REAL IO Current Warning Limit High +
CUR_WL REAL IO Current Warning Limit Low +
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault +
additional information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault +
additional information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EM_START BOOL I Emergency start +
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
FORW_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= CLOCKWISE ON +
FW_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for CLOCKWISE
ON
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 0.x (x=0 – 7)
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=1 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input motor current
JOG_ON BOOL I 1=Jog mode active
L_FORW BOOL I Manual control: 1=clockwise On
L_OFF BOOL I Manual control: 1=Off
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Configurable input 0Æ1: Reading of
record
L_RESET BOOL I Configurable input for reset of QLOC_INT
L_REV BOOL I Manual control: 1=counterclockwise On
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
LADDR INT I Logic base address
LINK_MAN BOOL I 0= Operator input active, 1= Manual
control via configurable inputs

114 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


LIOP_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for Manual/Auto
switchover (AUT_L): 1=interconnection is
active, 0= operator control is active
LOCK BOOL I 1= Interlock (OFF) +
LOCK_DIR BOOL I Direction of rotation with LOCK_ON: +
1=counterclockwise, 0=clockwise
LOCK_ON BOOL I 1= Interlock (ON) +
LOCOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for LOCAL
M_SUP_C BOOL I 1=Signal suppression active for current +
limit violations
MANOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for manual
MO_PVHR REAL I Limit Bar High +
MO_PVLR REAL I Limit Bar Low +
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MONITOR BOOL I 1= Monitoring ON +
MOT_OFF BOOL IO Operator input: 1= OFF +
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block
1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block
2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=8 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OFFOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for OFF
OOS BOOL I Standby
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
QAUTOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for automatic +
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QCOA BOOL O 1=dead interval on reversing running (DP +
0.4)
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +
QCUR REAL O Motor current in %ls +
QCUR_AH BOOL O Current Alarm Limit High violated
QCUR_AL BOOL O Current Alarm Limit Low violated
QCUR_WH BOOL O Current Warning Limit High violated
QCUR_WL BOOL O Current Warning Limit Low violated
QDIR BOOL O Status direction of rotation: +
1=counterclockwise, 0=clockwise
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QFORW_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for CLOCKWISE +
ON
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6)
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)

Siemens AG 115
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QLOC_INT BOOL O 1=Manual intervention +
QLOCOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for LOCAL/REMOTE +
QLTA BOOL O 1=Interlock time running (DP 1.3) +
QMAN_AUT BOOL O 0=Manual, 1=Automatic +
QMANOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for manual +
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QOFF_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for OFF +
QOP_ERR BOOL O 1=General operating error
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record
QREMOTE BOOL O 1=REMOTE mode (DP 0.5) +
QREV_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for +
COUNTERCLOCKWISE ON
QRUN BOOL O Status: 1=Motor ON (DP 0.2) +
QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)
QSTOP BOOL O Status: 1=Motor OFF (DP 0.1) +
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
REM_L BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(0=LOCAL/1=REMOTE)
REM_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=LOCAL, 1=REMOTE +
REM_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(REM_L): 1=interconnection is active, 0=
operator control is active
RESET BOOL IO Operator input for reset of QLOC_INT
REV_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= +
COUNTERCLOCKWISE ON
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
RV_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for
COUNTERCLOCKWISE ON
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +
SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
TIME_MON REAL I Monitoring time in [s] +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for state displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

116 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 QMAN_AUT
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 QLOC_INT
8 LOCK / LOCK_ON
9 QRUN
10 QSTOP
11 QDIR
12 -
13 -
14 -
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

3.8.18 State displays for symbols


State Off Clockwise On Clockwise On Counterclock Counterclock Not available
Star Delta wise On wise On
Star Delta
Parameter QSTOP=1 QSTOP = 0 QSTOP = 0 QSTOP = 0 QSTOP = 0 QBAD = 1
QRUN = 0 QRUN = 1 QRUN = 0 QRUN = 1
QDIR = 0 QDIR = 0 QDIR = 1 QDIR = 1
Visualization

Siemens AG 117
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.8.19 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Limits LIMITS
Maintenance MAINTENANCE
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Trend
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_REVS_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages, Trend and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)
Status
The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.

Operating mode
(QMAN_AUT,
AUT_ON_OP)
Status display
(VSTATUS) Command CCW
Active (REV_ON)
Current (QCUR) / unit
(QCUR#unit) Command Off
(MOT_OFF)
Local Interruption
(QLOC INT) Command CW Active
(FORW_ON)
Interlock (LOCK /
LOCK ON)

Test (QCST)

Operator control Acknowledgement


modality (QREMOTE) (RESET)

Interlocking time active


(QLTA) / Change-over
pause active (QCOA)

118 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Limits (LIMITS)

Current value (QCUR,


QCUR#unit)
Actual value bar (QCUR,
MO_PVHR, MO_PVLR)

Limit values (CUR_AH,


CUR_WH, CUR_WL,
CUR AL)

Limit value display Bar range (MO_PVHR,


(CUR_AH, CUR_WH, MO_PVLR)
CUR_WL, CUR_AL)

Update values (RD_DATA) Calling faceplate


SMC_MEAS, visible if
EN_MEAS = TRUE

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Operator Control Modality Activating Emergency


Local / Remote Start (EM_START)
(REM_ON_OP)

Activating Monitoring
Monitoring time for Local
(MONITOR)
Interruption (TIME_MON)

Acknowledgement Local
Interruption (RESET) Calling faceplate
SMC_STAT, visible if
EN STAT = TRUE

Siemens AG 119
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

120 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.9 SMC_DAHL: Signal-processing block for ”Dahlander / pole


changer”

FB2008

3.9.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
characteristics).
3.9.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
SFC21 FILL

3.9.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.

Control function ”Dahlander”


Motor control Æ control stations
Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
Off BU – input 2
On> BU – input 1
On>> BU – input 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On

Siemens AG 121
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Operator Enabling Remote Off not active


Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
On>> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.0
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Off OP button 4
On> OP button 3
On>> OP button 2
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote not active
Off
Operator Enabling Remote not active
On
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
Off Released control command -
Off
On> Released control command –
On>
On>> Released control command –
On>>
Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode
Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Saving change-over command active
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – Motor current
flowing
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE2

122 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

BU – Output 3 Contactor control QE3


Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 2 Indication QLE>> (On>>)
LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 Status – On>>
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 Status – Dead interval on reversing
running
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax

Siemens AG 123
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Control function ”pole changer”


Motor control Æ control stations
Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
Off BU – input 2
On> BU – input 1
On>> BU – input 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
On>> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.0
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Off OP button 4
On> OP button 3
On>> OP button 2
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
Off Released control command –
Off
On> Released control command –
On>
On>> Released control command –
On>>
Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode

124 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Saving change-over command active
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – Motor current
flowing
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE2
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 2 Indication QLE>> (On>>)
LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 Status – On>>
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 Status – Dead interval on reversing
running
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax

Siemens AG 125
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.9.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter inputs IN_01 and
IN_23 and the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding
symbols for the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_DAHL accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the inputs IN_01 (2 Bytes binary
data) and IN_23 (2 Bytes motor current).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the inputs IN_01 and IN_23 are
valid. In the case of a primary fault all inputs will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at
the corresponding outputs of the block.

3.9.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 On>> Æ Speed 2 On
0.1 Off
0.2 On> Æ Speed 1 On
0.3 Test1
0.4 Emergency start
0.5 Control station Local /
Remote-
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 Status – On>> QRUN / QSPEED = TRUE
0.1 Status – Off QSTOP
0.2 Status – On> QRUN / QSPEED = FALSE
0.3 Event - Overload Operation QOVL
0.4 Status – Dead interval on QCOA
reversing running
0.5 Status – Remote mode QREMOTE
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 - -
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.2- - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%. The motor current is output via the output QCUR.

126 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.

3.9.6 Operating modes


Switchover of control station (REMOTE, LOCAL)
The switchover of the control station is effected via the configurable function input REM_L if the input
REM_SEL has been set or via the function input REM_ON_OP which is set by the OS.
The function input (REMOP_EN) influences the operator enabling (QLOCOP) for the operation via the
OS.
The operating mode of the control station is output via the output QREMOTE (1=REMOTE,
0=LOCAL). QREMOTE corresponds to the Bit DP 0.5 of SIMOCODE pro here.
In LOCAL mode the control is completely switched off via the SMC_DAHL block. Control is possible
then only via the control station which is directly connected with SIMOCODE pro . Fault
acknowledgement is still possible.
Switchover of operating modes (MANUAL, AUTO) with REMOTE selected
With QREMOTE = TRUE the MANUAL and AUTOMATIC operating modes switchover is achieved
either with OS operation by means of AUT_ON_OP (LIOP_SEL = 0) or with the interconnection of the
input AUT_L (LIOP_SEL = 1).
The function inputs (MANOP_EN, AUTOP_EN) influence the operator enabling (QMANOP, QAUTOP)
for the operation via the OS.
The operating mode is output at the output QMAN_AUT (1=AUTO, 0=MANUAL).
Switchover of control station for MANUAL
In the REMOTE mode the operation can be effected in the MANUAL mode either via the OS or via the
configurable function inputs. The switchover is done via the configurable function input LINK_MAN.

Siemens AG 127
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.9.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode


General
The PLC/DP control station of SIMOCODE pro (i.e. DP0.0, 0.1 and 0.2) is level-active. The On
command is stored in SIMOCODE pro. The Off command (DP0.1) overrides the On command (DP0.0
or DP0.2).
Control of SIMOCODE pro via AS / OS is possible only in the REMOTE mode.
AUTOMATIC
In the automatic mode the control of the SIMOCODE pro control functions is effected via the
configurable functions input AUTO_ON (TRUE = On, FALSE = Off) and AUTO_SPD (TRUE = Speed
2, FALSE = Speed 1).
Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the automatic interface is
active.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the
command at the automatic interface is active. The stop command is not required for switching off the
unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.
MANUAL

In manual mode, the control of SIMOCODE pro is achieved either via the function inputs SP1_ON,
SP2_ON and MOT_OFF which are set by the OS, or via the configurable function inputs L_SP1,
L_SP2 and L_OFF.
The inputs for the operator enabling S1_OP_EN / S2_OP_EN / OFFOP_EN set the outputs QS1_OP /
QS2_OP / QOFF_OP for the operator control via OS.
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable manual
interface is active.
The Off command overrides the On commands (no edge evaluation!).
The following priorities apply to the On commands:
Slow overrides fast.

After switchover to manual operation and when L_SP1 / L_SP2 / L_OFF is active, the commands will
be executed only with a positive edge change at the inputs.

Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)


With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable inputs is
active. The operator-controllable inputs SP1_ON, SP2_ON and MOT_OFF are corrected at switching
off.

128 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)


The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bits are set anew when the
commands at the automatic interface are active. The stop command is not required for switching off
the unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.

3.9.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control


Modality

Automatic commands

AUTO_ON

AUTO_SPD
SIMOCODE pro

Local control station

AUTO
Interconnectable inputs
1 DP 0.0, 0.1, 0.2 PROFIBUS-DP
L_SP1
0
L_SP2 Operating mode AUTO/ MANUAL: QREMOTE = TRUE
MANUAL LIOP_SEL
L_OFF
Manual control / Operator input

1 AUTOP_EN
AUT_ON_OP MANOP_EN
0
0
AUT_L
Operator-controllable inputs 1

SP1_ON
Operator control modality REMOTE/LOCAL
S1_OP_EN
LINK_MAN
SP2_ON REM_ON_OP
1 DP 0.5 S1
S2_OP_EN LOCOP_EN_EN
MAN_ON
MOT_OFF REM_L
0
S2
OFFOP_EN

REM_SEL

Siemens AG 129
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.9.9 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data, SIM_I23:
motor current) instead of the process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01, IN_23). QSIM, QUALITY and
QBAD are output accordingly. The process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated.
The command status is linked to the output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01, SIM_I23). The assignment
corresponds to the assignment of the process inputs / process output and can be checked in the
chapter 3.9.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.9.10 Interlock
The interlock functions LOCK and LOCK_ON are active only in the REMOTE mode and apply to the
MANUAL and AUTO modes for all control stations of the SMC_DAHL block.
An active interlocking input prevents switching and deactivates the control stations for MANUAL and
AUTO. The control bit is set permanently.
LOCK always overrides LOCK_ON.
The input LOCK_SPD (TRUE = Speed 2, FALSE = Speed 1) determines the desired option for
LOCK_ON.
Resetting LOCK_ON switches the motor to AUTO according to the control station for AUTO. In
MANUAL the motor is switched off.

3.9.11 Local Interruption


The output QLOC_INT indicates in REMOTE that an operator input via the local control station
(directly connected to SIMOCODE pro) has changed the current control state.

QLOC_INT is also set if the control state requested with REMOTE has not been reached and no
general fault has occurred (e.g. due to an overriding Off command at the SIMOCODE pro group
control station) within the monitoring time set via TIME_MON. With TIME_MON = 0 or MONITOR =
FALSE this monitoring is deactivated.

The monitoring time is started only after the dead interval on reversing has elapsed.

With QLOC_INT = TRUE the control outputs are reset.

QLOC_INT is reset with the inputs RESET (operator-controllable) / L_RESET (configurable). The
input RESET is reset after the acknowledgement. When L_RESET is active permanently QLOC_INT
is set for the duration of a cycle if the above conditions are fulfilled.

3.9.12 Current and current limit monitoring


Current
The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%.

130 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Current limits
The current limits are read out of the record DS130. Reading of the record is either triggered via the
configurable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the limit view is selected or by OS
operation (RD_DATA). The output QEN_RDWR is reset during communication.
The read data are output at the I/O parameters Alarm high (CUR_AH), Alarm low (CUR_AL), Warning
high (CUR_WH) and Warning low (CUR_WL).
When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.
The limits can also be parameterized in the faceplate in addition. When these values are changed,
they are written to SIMOCODE pro.
The message characteristics of limit value violations is parameterized with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM. Therefor in Monitoring Functions Æ Current Limits the characteristics of trip level /
warning level is configured as follows:
• Trip level: disabled or tripping
• Warning level: disabled or warning.
When an error occurs during writing the values are reset to 0 and the output is set to
QERR_WR=TRUE.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limits triggers sending of the corresponding message unless the
limit signal has been deactivated entirely via the parameter M_SUP_C (default setting is: deactivated).
The messages of the limit value violations are generated in SIMOCODE pro and evaluated in the
block. The outputs QCUR_AH, QCUR_AL, QCUR_WH and QCUR_WL are set accordingly.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bar are parameterized via the function inputs MO_PVHR and MO_PVLR
and can be set in the OS.

3.9.13 Message characteristics


SMC_DAHL sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x
@
3 QCUR_AH Current Alarm high AH
4 QCUR_WH Current Warning high WH
5 QCUR_WL Current Warning low WL
6 QCUR_AL Current Alarm low AL
7 QCST Feedback Test WH
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -

Siemens AG 131
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=8 – 16) at SMC_DAHL.

132 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:


Message Message Associate Block Meaning
block number d value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NOBatch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20
DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning additional
information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PLC Bus / PLC error
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The associated values AUX_PR14 – AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The current limit signals can be suppressed via the input M_SUP_C. The default value of the input
M_SUP_C is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is active.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_DAHL for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Current limit signals (signal number 3-6)

The current limit signals are generated by SIMOCODE pro and they are contained in the diagnosis
structure DIAG_INF.

Siemens AG 133
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Feedback Test (signal number 7)


The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).
Unassigned signals (signal number 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_8 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.9.14 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset is done by SIMOCODE pro only if no On command is active. Reset either resets
the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer exists, or it acknowledges the fault if
the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will automatically reset the general fault when
the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.
From the block point of view, the reset function is transparent, i.e. there is no logic operation with other
signals and it is independent of the mode (LOCAL / REMOTE).

3.9.15 Startup characteristics


On CPU startup the block is switched to manual operation and the Off command is output. For this
purpose, the block must be called from the startup OB. After startup the signals for the number of
cycles which have been parameterized in the value RUNUPCYC are suppressed.

3.9.16 Time response


The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

134 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.9.17 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUT_L BOOL I Configurable input for MAN/AUTO
(0=Manual/1=Auto)
AUT_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=Manual, 1=Auto +
AUTO_ON BOOL I Automatic value: 1=On, 0=Off
AUTO_SPD BOOL I Automatic value: 1=fast, 0=slow
AUTOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for automatic
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
CUR_AH REAL IO Current Alarm Limit high +
CUR_AL REAL IO Current Alarm Limit low +
CUR_WH REAL IO Current Warning Limit High +
CUR_WL REAL IO Current Warning Limit Low +
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional +
information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional +
information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EM_START BOOL I Emergency start +
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 0.x (x=0 – 7)
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=0 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input motor current
JOG_ON BOOL I 1=Jog mode active
L_OFF BOOL I Manual control: 1=Off
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Configurable input 0Æ1: Reading of record
L_RESET BOOL I Configurable input for reset of QLOC_INT
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
L_SP1 BOOL I Manual control: 1=slow On
L_SP2 BOOL I Manual control: 1=fast On
LADDR INT I Logic base address
LINK_MAN BOOL I 0= Operator input active, 1= Manual
control via configurable inputs
LIOP_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for Manual/Auto
switchover (AUT_L): 1=interconnection is
active, 0= operator control is active
LOCK BOOL I 1= Interlock (OFF) +
LOCK_ON BOOL I 1= Interlock (ON) +

Siemens AG 135
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


LOCK_SPD BOOL I Speed with LOCK_ON: 1= fast, 0=slow +
LOCOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for LOCAL
M_SUP_C BOOL I 1=Signal suppression active for current +
limit violations
MANOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for manual
MO_PVHR REAL I Limit Bar High +
MO_PVLR REAL I Limit Bar Low +
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MONITOR BOOL I 1= Monitoring ON +
MOT_OFF BOOL IO Operator input: 1= OFF +
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=8 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OFFOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for OFF
OOS BOOL I Standby
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
QAUTOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for automatic +
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QCOA BOOL O 1=dead interval on reversing running (DP +
0.4)
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +
QCUR REAL O Motor current in %ls +
QCUR_AH BOOL O Current Alarm Limit High violated
QCUR_AL BOOL O Current Alarm Limit Low violated
QCUR_WH BOOL O Current Warning Limit High violated
QCUR_WL BOOL O Current Warning Limit Low violated
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6)
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)
QLOC_INT BOOL O 1=Manual intervention +
QLOCOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for LOCAL/REMOTE +
QMAN_AUT BOOL O 0=Manual, 1=Automatic +
QMANOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for manual +
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QOFF_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for OFF +
QOP_ERR BOOL O 1=General operating error
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record

136 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QREMOTE BOOL O 1=REMOTE mode (DP 0.5) +
QRUN BOOL O Status: 1=Motor ON (DP 0.2) +
QS1_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for SLOW ON +
QS2_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for FAST ON +

QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +


QSPEED BOOL O Status speed: 1=fast, 0=slow +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)
QSTOP BOOL O Status: 1=Motor OFF (DP 0.1) +
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
REM_L BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(0=LOCAL/1=REMOTE)
REM_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=LOCAL, 1=REMOTE +
REM_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(REM_L): 1=interconnection is active, 0=
operator control is active
RESET BOOL IO Operator input for reset of QLOC_INT
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
S1_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for SLOW ON
S2_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for FAST ON
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +
SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
SP1_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= SLOW ON +
SP2_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= FAST ON +
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
TIME_MON REAL I Monitoring time in [s] +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for state displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

Siemens AG 137
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 QMAN_AUT
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 QLOC_INT
8 LOCK / LOCK_ON
9 QRUN
10 QSTOP
11 -
12 QSPEED
13 -
14 -
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

3.9.18 State displays for symbols


State Off Slow On Fast On Not available
Parameter QSTOP=1 QRUN = 1 QRUN=1 QBAD=1
QSPEED = 0 QSPEED = 1
Visualization

138 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.9.19 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Limits LIMITS
Maintenance MAINTENANCE
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Trend
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_DAHL_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages, Trend and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)
Status
The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.
Operating mode
(QMAN_AUT,
AUT ON OP)
Status display
(VSTATUS)
Command Slow Active
(SP1_ON)
Current (QCUR) / unit
(QCUR#unit) Command Off
(MOT_OFF)
Local Interruption
(QLOC INT)
Command Fast Active
(SP2_ON)
Interlock (LOCK /
LOCK ON)

Test (QCST)

Operator control
modality (QREMOTE) Acknowledgement
(RESET)
Change-over pause
active (QCOA)

Siemens AG 139
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Limits (LIMITS)

Current value (QCUR,


QCUR#unit)
Actual value bar (QCUR,
MO_PVHR, MO_PVLR)

Limit values (CUR_AH,


CUR_WH, CUR_WL,
CUR AL)

Limit value display Bar range (MO_PVHR,


(CUR_AH, CUR_WH, MO_PVLR)
CUR_WL, CUR_AL)

Update values (RD_DATA) Calling faceplate


SMC_MEAS, visible if
EN_MEAS = TRUE

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Operator control modality Activating Emergency


Local / Remote Start (EM_START)
(REM_ON_OP)

Activating Monitoring
Monitoring time for Local (MONITOR)
Interruption (TIME_MON)

Acknowledgement Local
Interruption (RESET) Calling faceplate
SMC_STAT, visible if
EN STAT = TRUE

140 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Siemens AG 141
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.10 SMC_REVD: Signal-processing block for control function


”Dahlander with reversal” / ”pole changer with reversal”

FB2009

3.10.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
characteristics).
3.10.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
SFC21 FILL

3.10.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.

Control function ”Dahlander with reversal”


Motor control Æ control stations
Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
On<< DM 1 – Input 2
On< DM 1 – Input 1
Off BU – input 2
On> BU – input 1
On>> BU – input 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off

142 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Operator enabling Local Control active


2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
On<< Cycl. Receive - Bit 1.0
On< Cycl. Receive - Bit 1.2
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
On>> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.0
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Off OP button 4
On> OP button 3
On>> OP button 2
<>/<<>> OP button 1
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
On<< Released control command –
On<<
On< Released control command –
On<
Off Released control command –
Off
On> Released control command –
On>
On>> Released control command –
On>>
Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode
Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Saving change-over command active

Siemens AG 143
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs


Feedback On Status – Motor current
flowing
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE2
BU – Output 3 Contactor control QE3
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 1 Truth table 6 output
LED green 2 Truth table 7 output
LED green 3 Truth table 8 output
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
Outputs Æ digital module 1
DM – Output 1 Contactor control QE4
DM – Output 2 Contactor control QE5
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 Status – On>>
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 Status – Dead interval on reversing
running
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 Status – On<<
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 Status – On<
Byte 1, Bit 3 Status – Interlocking time active
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax
Logic modules Æ Truth table 3E/1A Æ Truth table 6
Input 1 not connected
Input 2 Status On<<
Input 3 Status On>>
Logic 01110000
Logic modules Æ Truth table 2E/1A Æ Truth table 7
Input 1 Indication QLE<
Input 2 Indication QLE<<
Logic 0111

144 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Logic modules Æ Truth table 2E/1A Æ Truth table 8


Input 1 Indication QLE>
Input 2 Indication QLE>>
Logic 0111

Control function ”pole changer with reversal”


Motor control Æ control stations
Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
On<< DM 1 – Input 2
On< DM 1 – Input 1
Off BU – input 2
On> BU – input 1
On>> BU – input 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
On<< Cycl. Receive - Bit 1.0
On< Cycl. Receive - Bit 1.2
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
On>> Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.0
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Off OP button 4
On> OP button 3
On>> OP button 2
<>/<<>> OP button 1
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active

Siemens AG 145
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Operator Enabling Remote On not active


Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
On<< Released control command –
On<<
On< Released control command –
On<
Off Released control command –
Off
On> Released control command –
On>
On>> Released control command –
On>>
Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode
Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Saving change-over command active
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – Motor current
flowing
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE2
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 1 Truth table 6 output
LED green 2 Truth table 7 output
LED green 3 Truth table 8 output
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
Outputs Æ digital module 1
DM – Output 1 Contactor control QE4
DM – Output 2 Contactor control QE5
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 Status – On>>
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 Status – Dead interval on reversing
running
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 Status – On<<

146 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Byte 1, Bit 1 Status – Test position (TPF)


Byte 1, Bit 2 Status – On<
Byte 1, Bit 3 Status – Interlocking time active
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax
Logic modules Æ Truth table 3E/1A Æ Truth table 6
Input 1 not connected
Input 2 Status On<<
Input 3 Status On>>
Logic 01110000
Logic modules Æ Truth table 2E/1A Æ Truth table 7
Input 1 Indication QLE<
Input 2 Indication QLE<<
Logic 0111
Logic modules Æ Truth table 2E/1A Æ Truth table 8
Input 1 Indication QLE>
Input 2 Indication QLE>>
Logic 0111

Siemens AG 147
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.10.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter inputs IN_01 and
IN_23 and the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding
symbols for the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_REVD accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the inputs IN_01 (2 Bytes binary
data) and IN_23 (2 Bytes motor current).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the inputs IN_01 and IN_23 are
valid. In the case of a primary fault all inputs will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at
the corresponding outputs of the block.

3.10.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 On>> Æ Speed 2 Clockwise On
0.1 Off
0.2 On> Æ Speed 1 Clockwise On
0.3 Test1
0.4 Emergency start
0.5 Control station Local / Remote-
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 On<< Æ Speed 2 Counterclockwise On
1.1 -
1.2 On< Æ Speed 1 Counterclockwise On
1.3 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 Status – On>> QRUN / QDIR = FALSE / QSPEED = TRUE
0.1 Status – Off QSTOP
0.2 Status – On> QRUN / QDIR = FALSE / QSPEED = FALSE
0.3 Event - Overload Operation QOVL
0.4 Status – Dead interval on reversing QCOA
running
0.5 Status – Remote mode QREMOTE
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 Status – On<< QRUN / QDIR = TRUE / QSPEED = TRUE
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.2 Status – On< QRUN / QDIR = TRUE / QSPEED = FALSE
1.3 Status Interlocking time active QLTA
1.4- - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

148 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%. The motor current is output via the output QCUR.

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.
3.10.6 Operating modes
Switchover of control station (REMOTE, LOCAL)
The switchover of the control station is effected via the configurable function input REM_L if the input
REM_SEL has been set or via the function input REM_ON_OP which is set by the OS.
The function input (REMOP_EN) influences the operator enabling (QLOCOP) for the operation via the
OS.
The operating mode of the control station is output via the output QREMOTE (1=REMOTE,
0=LOCAL). QREMOTE corresponds to the Bit DP 0.5 of SIMOCODE pro here.
In LOCAL mode the control is completely switched off via the SMC_REVD block. Control is possible
then only via the control station which is directly connected with SIMOCODE pro . Fault
acknowledgement is still possible.
Switchover of operating modes (MANUAL, AUTO) with REMOTE selected
With QREMOTE = TRUE the MANUAL and AUTOMATIC operating modes switchover is achieved
either with OS operation by means of AUT_ON_OP (LIOP_SEL = 0) or with the interconnection of the
input AUT_L (LIOP_SEL = 1).
The function inputs (MANOP_EN, AUTOP_EN) influence the operator enabling (QMANOP, QAUTOP)
for the operation via the OS.
The operating mode is output at the output QMAN_AUT (1=AUTO, 0=MANUAL).
Switchover of control station for MANUAL
In the REMOTE mode the operation can be effected in the MANUAL mode either via the OS or via the
configurable function inputs. The switchover is done via the configurable function input LINK_MAN.

Siemens AG 149
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.10.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode


General
The PLC/DP control station of SIMOCODE pro (i.e. DP0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 1.0 and 1.2) is level-active. The
On command is stored in SIMOCODE pro. The Off command (DP0.1) overrides the On command
(DP0.0, 0.1, 1.0 or 1.2).
Control of SIMOCODE pro via AS / OS is possible only in the REMOTE mode.
AUTOMATIC
In the automatic mode the control of the SIMOCODE pro control functions is effected via the
configurable function inputs AUTO_ON (TRUE = On, FALSE = Off), AUTO_DIR (TRUE =
COUNTERCLOCKWISE, FALSE = CLOCKWISE) and AUTO_SPD (TRUE = speed 2, FALSE =
speed 1).
Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the automatic interface is
active.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the
command at the automatic interface is active. The stop command is not required for switching off the
unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.
MANUAL

In manual mode, the control of SIMOCODE pro is achieved either via the function inputs
FWSP1_ON, FWSP2_ON, RVSP1_ON, RVSP2_ON and MOT_OFF, which are set by the OS, or via
the configurable function inputs L_FWSP1, L_FWSP2, L_RVSP1, L_RVSP2 and L_OFF.
The inputs for the operator enabling FS1OP_EN / FS2OP_EN / RS1OP_EN / RS2OP_EN /
OFFOP_EN set the outputs QFS1_OP / QFS2_OP / QRS1_OP / QRS2_OP / QOFF_OP for the
operator control via OS.
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable manual
interface is active.
The Off command overrides the On commands (no edge evaluation!).
The following priorities apply to the On commands:
Clockwise overrides counterclockwise / slow overrides fast.

After switchover to manual operation and when L_FWSP1 / L_FWSP2 / L_RVSP1 / L_RVSP2 /
L_OFF is active, the commands will be executed only with a positive edge change at the inputs.

Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)


With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable inputs is
active. The operator-controllable inputs FWSP1_ON, FWSP2_ON, RVSP1_ON, RVSP2_ON and
MOT_OFF are corrected at switching off.

150 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)


The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bits are set anew when the
commands at the automatic interface are active. The stop command is not required for switching off
the unit, nevertheless it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.

3.10.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control


Modality

Automatic commands

AUTO_ON

AUTO_SPD
SIMOCODE pro

AUTO_DIR
Local control station

AUTO
Interconnectable inputs
1 DP 0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 1.0 und 1.2 PROFIBUS-DP
L_FWSP1
0
L_FWSP2
Control mode AUTO/ MANUAL: QREMOTE = TRUE
L_RVSP1 MANUAL LIOP_SEL
Manual control / operator input
L_RVSP2

L_OFF 1 AUTOP_EN
AUT_ON_OP MANOP_EN
0
0
AUT_L
1 MAN_ONOP
Operator-controllable inputs
FWSP1_ON
Operator control modality REMOTE/LOCAL
FS1OP_EN
LINK_MAN
FWSP2_ON REM_ON_OP
1 DP 0.5 S1
FS2OP_EN LOCOP_EN_EN

MAN_ON
RVSP1_ON REM_L
0
RS1OP_EN S2
RVSP2_ON
REM_SEL
RS2OP_EN

MOT_OFF
OFFOP_EN

Siemens AG 151
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.10.9 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data, SIM_I23:
motor current) instead of the process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01, IN_23). QSIM, QUALITY and
QBAD are output accordingly. The process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated.
The command status is linked to the output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01, SIM_I23). The assignment
corresponds to the assignment of the process inputs / process output and can be checked in the
chapter 3.10.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.10.10 Interlock
The interlock functions LOCK and LOCK_ON are active only in the REMOTE mode and apply to the
MANUAL and AUTO modes for all control stations of the SMC_REVD block.
An active interlocking input prevents switching and deactivates the control stations for MANUAL and
AUTO. The control bit is set permanently.
LOCK always overrides LOCK_ON.
The inputs LOCK_DIR (TRUE = COUNTERCLOCKWISE, FALSE = CLOCKWISE) and LOCK_SPD
(TRUE = speed 2, FALSE = speed 1) determine the desired option for LOCK_ON.
Resetting LOCK_ON switches the motor to AUTO according to the control station for AUTO. In
MANUAL the motor is switched off.

3.10.11 Local Interruption


The output QLOC_INT indicates in REMOTE that an operator input via the local control station
(directly connected to SIMOCODE pro) has changed the current control state.

QLOC_INT is also set if the control state requested with REMOTE has not been reached and no
general fault has occurred (e.g. due to an overriding Off command at the SIMOCODE pro group
control station) within the monitoring time set via TIME_MON. With TIME_MON = 0 or MONITOR =
FALSE this monitoring is deactivated.

The monitoring time is started only after the interlock time and/or the dead interval on reversing has
elapsed.

With QLOC_INT = TRUE the control outputs are reset.

QLOC_INT is reset with the inputs RESET (operator-controllable) / L_RESET (configurable). The
input RESET is reset after the acknowledgement. When L_RESET is active permanently QLOC_INT
is set for the duration of a cycle if the above conditions are fulfilled.

3.10.12 Current and current limit monitoring


Current
The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%.

152 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Current limits
The current limits are read out of the record DS130. Reading of the record is either triggered via the
configurable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the limit view is selected or by OS
operation (RD_DATA). The output QEN_RDWR is reset during communication.
The read data are output at the I/O parameters Alarm high (CUR_AH), Alarm low (CUR_AL), Warning
high (CUR_WH) and Warning low (CUR_WL).
When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.
The limits can also be parameterized in the faceplate in addition. When these values are changed,
they are written to SIMOCODE pro.
The message characteristics of limit value violations is parameterized with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM. Therefor in Monitoring Functions Æ Current Limits the characteristics of trip level /
warning level is configured as follows:
• Trip level: disabled or tripping
• Warning level: disabled or warning.
When an error occurs during writing the values are reset to 0 and the output is set to
QERR_WR=TRUE.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limits triggers sending of the corresponding message unless the
limit signal has been deactivated entirely via the parameter M_SUP_C (default setting is: deactivated).
The messages of the limit value violations are generated in SIMOCODE pro and evaluated in the
block. The outputs QCUR_AH, QCUR_AL, QCUR_WH and QCUR_WL are set accordingly.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bar are parameterized via the function inputs MO_PVHR and MO_PVLR
and can be set in the OS.

3.10.13 Message characteristics


SMC_REVD sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x@
3 QCUR_AH Current Alarm high AH
4 QCUR_WH Current Warning high WH
5 QCUR_WL Current Warning low WL
6 QCUR_AL Current Alarm low AL
7 QCST Feedback Test WH
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -
The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=8 – 16) at SMC_REVD.

Siemens AG 153
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:


Message Message Associated Block Meaning
block number value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning additional
information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PLC Bus / PLC error
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The associated values AUX_PR14 – AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The current limit signals can be suppressed via the input M_SUP_C. The default value of the input
M_SUP_C is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is active.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_REVD for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Current limit signals (signal number 3-6)

The current limit signals are generated by SIMOCODE pro and they are contained in the diagnosis
structure DIAG_INF.

154 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Feedback Test (signal number 7)


The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).
Unassigned signals (signal number 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_8 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.10.14 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset is done by SIMOCODE pro only if no On command is active. Reset either resets
the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer exists, or it acknowledges the fault if
the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will automatically reset the general fault when
the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.
From the block point of view, the reset function is transparent, i.e. there is no logic operation with other
signals and it is independent of the mode (LOCAL / REMOTE).

3.10.15 Startup characteristics


On CPU startup the block is switched to manual operation and the Off command is output. For this
purpose, the block must be called from the startup OB. After startup the signals for the number of
cycles which have been parameterized in the value RUNUPCYC are suppressed.

3.10.16 Time response


The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

Siemens AG 155
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.10.17 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUT_L BOOL I Configurable input for MAN/AUTO
(0=Manual/1=Auto)
AUT_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=Manual, 1=Auto +
AUTO_DIR BOOL I Automatic value: 1=counterclockwise,
0=clockwise
AUTO_ON BOOL I Automatic value: 1=On, 0=Off
AUTO_SPD BOOL I Automatic value: 1=fast, 0=slow
AUTOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for automatic
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
CUR_AH REAL IO Current Alarm Limit high +
CUR_AL REAL IO Current Alarm Limit low +
CUR_WH REAL IO Current Warning Limit High +
CUR_WL REAL IO Current Warning Limit Low +
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault +
additional information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault +
additional information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EM_START BOOL I Emergency start +
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
FS1OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for CLOCKWISE
SLOW ON
FS2OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for CLOCKWISE
FAST ON
FWSP1_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= CLOCKWISE SLOW +
ON
FWSP2_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= CLOCKWISE FAST +
ON
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 0.x (x=3 – 7)
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=3 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input motor current
JOG_ON BOOL I 1=Jog mode active
L_FWSP1 BOOL I Manual control: 1=clockwise slow On
L_FWSP2 BOOL I Manual control: 1=clockwise fast On
L_OFF BOOL I Manual control: 1=Off
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Configurable input 0Æ1: Reading of
record

156 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


L_RESET BOOL I Configurable input for reset of QLOC_INT
L_RVSP1 BOOL I Manual control: 1=counterclockwise slow
On
L_RVSP2 BOOL I Manual control: 1=counterclockwise fast
On
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
LADDR INT I Logic base address
LINK_MAN BOOL I 0= Operator input active, 1= Manual
control via configurable inputs
LIOP_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for Manual/Auto
switchover (AUT_L): 1=interconnection is
active, 0= operator control is active
LOCK BOOL I 1= Interlock (OFF) +
LOCK_DIR BOOL I Direction of rotation with LOCK_ON: +
1=counterclockwise, 0=clockwise
LOCK_ON BOOL I 1= Interlock (ON) +
LOCK_SPD BOOL I Speed with LOCK_ON: 1= fast, 0=slow +
LOCOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for LOCAL
M_SUP_C BOOL I 1=Signal suppression active for current +
limit violations
MANOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for manual
MO_PVHR REAL I Limit Bar High +
MO_PVLR REAL I Limit Bar Low +
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MONITOR BOOL I 1= Monitoring ON +
MOT_OFF BOOL IO Operator input: 1= OFF +
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block
1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block
2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=8 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OFFOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for OFF
OOS BOOL I Standby
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
QAUTOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for automatic +
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QCOA BOOL O 1=dead interval on reversing running (DP +
0.4)
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +
QCUR REAL O Motor current in %ls +
QCUR_AH BOOL O Current Alarm Limit High violated
QCUR_AL BOOL O Current Alarm Limit Low violated
QCUR_WH BOOL O Current Warning Limit High violated
QCUR_WL BOOL O Current Warning Limit Low violated

Siemens AG 157
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QDIR BOOL O Status direction of rotation: +
1=counterclockwise, 0=clockwise
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QFS1_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for CLOCKWISE +
SLOW ON
QFS2_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for CLOCKWISE +
FAST ON
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6)
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)
QLOC_INT BOOL O 1=Manual intervention +
QLOCOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for LOCAL/REMOTE +
QLTA BOOL O 1=Interlock time running (DP 1.3) +
QMAN_AUT BOOL O 0=Manual, 1=Automatic +
QMANOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for manual +
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QOFF_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for OFF +
QOP_ERR BOOL O 1=General operating error
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record
QREMOTE BOOL O 1=REMOTE mode (DP 0.5) +
QRS1_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for +
COUNTERCLOCKWISE SLOW ON
QRS2_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for +
COUNTERCLOCKWISE FAST ON
QRUN BOOL O Status: 1=Motor ON (DP 0.2) +
QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +
QSPEED BOOL O Status speed: 1=fast, 0=slow +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)
QSTOP BOOL O Status: 1=Motor OFF (DP 0.1) +
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
REM_L BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(0=LOCAL/1=REMOTE)
REM_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=LOCAL, 1=REMOTE +
REM_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(REM_L): 1=interconnection is active, 0=
operator control is active
RESET BOOL IO Operator input for reset of QLOC_INT
RS1OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for
COUNTERCLOCKWISE SLOW ON
RS2OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for
COUNTERCLOCKWISE FAST ON
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU

158 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


restart
RVSP1_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= +
COUNTERCLOCKWISE SLOW ON
RVSP2_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= +
COUNTERCLOCKWISE FAST ON
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +
SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
TIME_MON REAL I Monitoring time in [s] +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for state displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 QMAN_AUT
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 QLOC_INT
8 LOCK / LOCK_ON
9 QRUN
10 QSTOP
11 QDIR
12 QSPEED
13 -
14 -
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

3.10.18 State displays for symbols


State Off Clockwise Clockwise Counterclock Counterclock Not available
speed 1 On speed 2 On wise speed 1 wise speed 2
On On
Parameter QSTOP=1 QRUN = 1 QRUN = 1 QRUN = 1 QRUN = 1 QBAD=1
QDIR = 0 QDIR = 0 QDIR = 1 QDIR = 1
QSPEED = 0 QSPEED = 1 QSPEED = 0 QSPEED = 1
Visualization

Siemens AG 159
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.10.19 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Limits LIMITS
Maintenance MAINTENANCE
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Trend
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_REVD_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages, Trend and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)
Status
The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.

Control mode (QMAN_AUT,


AUT_ON_OP)
Command CCW Fast Command CCW Slow
Active (RVSP2_ON) Active (RVSP1_ON)
Command CW Slow
Status display Active (FWSP1_ON)
(VSTATUS)

Current (QCUR) / Unit


(QCUR#unit)
Command CW Fast
Active (FWSP2_ON)
Local Interruption
(QLOC INT)
Command Off
Interlock (LOCK / (MOT_OFF)
LOCK ON)

Test (QCST)
Acknowledgement
Operator control (RESET)
modality (QREMOTE)

Interlocking time active


(QLTA) /
Change-over pause
active (QCOA)

160 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Limits (LIMITS)

Current value (QCUR,


QCUR#unit)
Actual value bar (QCUR,
MO_PVHR, MO_PVLR)

Limit values (CUR_AH,


CUR_WH, CUR_WL,
CUR AL)

Limit value display Bar range (MO_PVHR,


(CUR_AH, CUR_WH, MO_PVLR)
CUR_WL, CUR_AL)

Update values (RD_DATA) Calling faceplate


SMC_MEAS, visible if
EN_MEAS = TRUE

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Operator control modality Activating Emergency


Local / Remote Start (EM_START)
(REM_ON_OP)

Activating Monitoring
Monitoring time for Local (MONITOR)
Interruption (TIME_MON)

Acknowledgement Local
Interruption (RESET) Calling faceplate
SMC_STAT, visible if
EN STAT = TRUE

Siemens AG 161
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

162 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.11 SMC_VAL: Signal-processing block for control function ”valve”

FB2010

3.11.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
characteristics).
3.11.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
3.11.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES
Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.

Motor control Æ control stations


Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
Closed BU – input 2
Open BU – input 1
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
Closed Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
Open Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2

Siemens AG 163
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Operator enabling Local Control not active


2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Closed OP button 4
Open OP button 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
Off Released control command -
Off
On> Released control command –
On>

Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode


Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – On>
Feedback Closed BU – input 3
Feedback Open BU – input 4
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 4 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault

164 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning


Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 not connected

Siemens AG 165
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.11.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter input IN_01 and
the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding symbols for
the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_VAL accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the input IN_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the input IN_01 is valid. In the
case of a primary fault the input will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at the
corresponding outputs of the block.

3.11.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 -
0.1 Closed
0.2 Open
0.3 Test1
0.4 -
0.5 Control station Local /
Remote-
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 -
0.1 Status – Closed QCLOSED
0.2 Status – Open QOPENED
0.3 - -
0.4 - -
0.5 Status – Remote mode QREMOTE
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 - -
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.2- - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.

166 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.11.6 Operating modes


Switchover of control station (REMOTE, LOCAL)
The switchover of the control station is effected via the configurable function input REM_L if the input
REM_SEL has been set or via the function input REM_ON_OP which is set by the OS.
The function input (REMOP_EN) influences the operator enabling (QLOCOP) for the operation via the
OS.
The operating mode of the control station is output via the output QREMOTE (1=REMOTE,
0=LOCAL). QREMOTE corresponds to the Bit DP 0.5 of SIMOCODE pro here.
In LOCAL mode the control is completely switched off via the SMC_VAL block. Control is possible
then only via the control station which is directly connected with SIMOCODE pro . Fault
acknowledgement is still possible.
Switchover of operating modes (MANUAL, AUTO) with REMOTE selected
With QREMOTE = TRUE the MANUAL and AUTOMATIC operating modes switchover is achieved
either with OS operation by means of AUT_ON_OP (LIOP_SEL = 0) or with the interconnection of the
input AUT_L (LIOP_SEL = 1).
The function inputs (MANOP_EN, AUTOP_EN) influence the operator enabling (QMANOP, QAUTOP)
for the operation via the OS.
The operating mode is output at the output QMAN_AUT (1=AUTO, 0=MANUAL).
Switchover of control station for MANUAL
In the REMOTE mode the operation can be effected in the MANUAL mode either via the OS or via the
configurable function inputs. The switchover is done via the configurable function input LINK_MAN.

Siemens AG 167
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.11.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode


General
The PLC/DP control station of SIMOCODE pro (i.e. DP0.1 and 0.2) is level-active. The Open
command is stored in SIMOCODE pro. The Close command (DP0.1) overrides the Open command
(DP0.2).
Control of SIMOCODE pro via AS / OS is possible only in the REMOTE mode.
AUTOMATIC
In the automatic mode the control of the SIMOCODE pro control functions is effected via the
configurable function input AUTO_OC (TRUE = Open, FALSE = Close).
Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the automatic interface is
active.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the
command at the automatic interface is active. The Close command is not required for closing the
valve, nevertheless, it is still set by the block if the Open command is not active.
MANUAL

In manual mode, the control of SIMOCODE pro is achieved either via the function inputs OPEN_VAL
and CLOS_VAL, which are set by the OS, or via the configurable function inputs L_OPEN and
L_CLOSE.
The inputs for the operator enabling OP_OP_EN / CL_OP_EN set the outputs QOP_OP / QCL_OP for
the operation via OS.
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable manual
interface is active.
The Close command overrides the Open command (no edge evaluation!).

After switchover to manual operation and when L_OPEN / L_CLOSE is active, the commands will be
executed only with a positive edge change at the inputs.

Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)


With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable inputs is
active. The operator-controllable inputs OPEN_VAL and CLOS_VAL are corrected at switching off.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bits are set anew when the
commands at the automatic interface are active. The Close command is not required for closing the
valve, nevertheless, it is still set by the block if the Open command is not active.

168 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.11.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control


Modality

Automatic commands

AUTO_OC

SIMOCODE pro

Local control station.

AUTO
Interconnectable inputs
1 DP 0.1, 0.2
PROFIBUS-DP
L_OPEN
0
L_CLOSE Control mode AUTO/ MANUAL: QREMOTE = TRUE
MANUAL LIOP_SEL
Manual control / operator input

1 AUTOP_EN
AUT_ON_OP MANOP_EN
0
0
AUT_L
1 MAN_ONOP
Operator-controllable inputs

OPEN_VAL
Operator control modality REMOTE/LOCAL
OP_OP_EN
LINK_MAN
CLOS_VAL REM_ON_OP
1 DP 0.5 S1
LOCOP_EN_EN
CL_OP_EN
REM_L
0
S2

REM_SEL

Siemens AG 169
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.11.9 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data) instead of the
process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01). QSIM, QUALITY and QBAD are output accordingly. The
process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated. The command status is linked to the
output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01). The assignment corresponds to
the assignment of the process input / process output and can be checked in the chapter 3.11.5
Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.11.10 Interlock
The interlock functions V_LOCK, VL_CLOS and VL_OPEN are active only in the REMOTE mode and
apply to the MANUAL and AUTO modes for all control stations of the SMC_VAL block.
An active interlocking input prevents switching and deactivates the control stations for MANUAL and
AUTO. The control bit is set permanently.
The input SS_POS (TRUE = Open, FALSE = Close) corresponds to the safe position and determines
the control with V_LOCK.
The priorities have the following order from high to low: V_LOCK Æ VL_CLOS Æ CL_OPEN
Resetting the interlocking input switches the valve in the AUTO mode according to the control station
for AUTO. In the MANUAL mode the valve is switched to the safe position.

3.11.11 Local Interruption


The output QLOC_INT indicates in REMOTE that an operator input via the local control station
(directly connected to SIMOCODE pro) has changed the current control state.

QLOC_INT is also set if the control state requested with REMOTE has not been reached and no
general fault has occurred (e.g. due to an overriding Close command at the SIMOCODE pro group
control station) within the monitoring time set via TIME_MON. With TIME_MON = 0 or MONITOR =
FALSE this monitoring is deactivated.

With QLOC_INT = TRUE the control outputs are reset.

QLOC_INT is reset with the inputs RESET (operator-controllable) / L_RESET (configurable). The
input RESET is reset after the acknowledgement. When L_RESET is active permanently QLOC_INT
is set for the duration of a cycle if the above conditions are fulfilled.

170 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.11.12 Message characteristics


SMC_VAL sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x
@
3 QCST Feedback Test WH
4 MSG_4 unassigned -
5 MSG_5 unassigned -
6 MSG_6 unassigned -
7 MSG_7 unassigned -
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -
The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=4 – 16) at SMC_VAL.
The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:
Message Message Associate Block Meaning
block number d value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20 DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning additional
information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PLC Bus / PLC error
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned

Siemens AG 171
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Message Message Associate Block Meaning


block number d value parameter
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The associated values AUX_PR14 – AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_VAL for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Feedback Test (signal number 3)
The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).
Unassigned signals (signal number 4 - 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_4 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.11.13 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset is done by SIMOCODE pro only if no Open command is active. Reset either
resets the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer exists, or it acknowledges the
fault if the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will automatically reset the general fault
when the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.
From the block point of view, the reset function is transparent, i.e. there is no logic operation with other
signals and it is independent of the mode (LOCAL / REMOTE).
When the control function ”valve” is active, the error “Trip - End Position” can be reset only with a
counter command. When this error occurs, the counter command must be transmitted for fault
acknowledgement, for instance, in the manual mode or via the local control station.

3.11.14 Startup characteristics


On CPU startup the block is switched to manual mode and the valve is set to the safe positionn
(SS_POS). For this purpose, the block must be called from the startup OB. After startup the signals for
the number of cycles which have been parameterized in the value RUNUPCYC are suppressed.

172 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.11.15 Time response


The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

3.11.16 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUT_L BOOL I Configurable input for MAN/AUTO
(0=Manual/1=Auto)
AUT_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=Manual, 1=Auto +
AUTO_OC BOOL I Automatic value: 1=open, 0=close
AUTOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for automatic
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CL_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for CLOSE
CLOS_VAL BOOL IO Operator input: 1= CLOSE actuator +
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional +
information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional +
information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EM_START BOOL I Emergency start +
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 0.x (x=0 – 7)
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=0 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input DP2.0 – 3.7
JOG_ON BOOL I 1=Jog mode active
L_CLOSE BOOL I Manual control: 1=close
L_OPEN BOOL I Manual control: 1=open
L_RESET BOOL I Configurable input for reset of QLOC_INT
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
LINK_MAN BOOL I 0= Operator input active, 1= Manual
control via configurable inputs
LIOP_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for Manual/Auto
switchover (AUT_L): 1=interconnection is
active, 0= operator control is active
LOCOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for LOCAL
MANOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for manual
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MONITOR BOOL I 1= Monitoring ON +

Siemens AG 173
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=4 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OOS BOOL I Standby
OP_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for OPEN
OPEN_VAL BOOL IO Operator input: 1= OPEN actuator +
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
Q_IN_23 WORD O Inputs DP 2.0 – 3.7
QAUTOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for automatic +
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QCL_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for CLOSE +
QCLOSED BOOL O Status: 1=Valve CLOSED (DP 0.1) +
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6)
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)
QLOC_INT BOOL O 1=Manual intervention +
QLOCOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for LOCAL/REMOTE +
QMAN_AUT BOOL O 0=Manual, 1=Automatic +
QMANOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for manual +
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QOP_ERR BOOL O 1=General operating error
QOP_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for OPEN +
QOPENED BOOL O Status: 1=Valve OPEN (DP 0.2) +
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +
QREMOTE BOOL O 1=REMOTE mode (DP 0.5) +
QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
REM_L BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(0=LOCAL/1=REMOTE)
REM_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=LOCAL, 1=REMOTE +
REM_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(REM_L): 1=interconnection is active, 0=
operator control is active
RESET BOOL IO Operator input for reset of QLOC_INT
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +

174 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
SS_POS BOOL I Rest position: 0=closed (type C) 1=open +
(type O)
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
TIME_MON REAL I Monitoring time in [s] +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
V_LOCK BOOL I 1= Interlock (SS_POS) +
VL_CLOS BOOL I 1= Interlock (CLOSED) +
VL_OPEN BOOL I 1= Interlock (OPEN) +
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for state displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 QMAN_AUT
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 QLOC_INT
8 V_LOCK / VL_CLOS / VL_OPEN
9 QOPENED
10 QCLOSED
11 -
12 -
13 -
14 -
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

3.11.17 State displays for symbols


State Closed Open Not available
Parameter QCLOSED=1 QOPENED=1 QBAD=1
Visualization

Siemens AG 175
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.11.18 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Maintenance MAINTENANCE
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_VAL_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)
Status
The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.

Control mode
(QMAN_AUT,
AUT_ON_OP)
Status display
(VSTATUS) VL_CLOS / V_LOCK
and SS_POS
Local Interruption
(QLOC INT)
Command Close
Interlock (V_LOCK, (CLOS_VAL)
VL_OPEN, VL_CLOSE
Command Open
(OPEN VAL)

Test (QCST)
VL_OPEN / V_LOCK
and SS_POS
Operator control
modality (QREMOTE)
Acknowledgement
(RESET)

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Operator control modality Activating Emergency


Local / Remote Start (EM_START)
(REM_ON_OP)

Activating Monitoring
Monitoring time for Local (MONITOR)
Interruption (TIME_MON)

Acknowledgement Local
Interruption (RESET) Calling faceplate
SMC_STAT, visible if
EN STAT = TRUE

176 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Siemens AG 177
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.12 SMC_POS: Signal-processing block for control function


”actuator”

FB2011

3.12.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
characteristics).
3.12.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
SFC21 FILL

3.12.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.

Motor control Æ control stations


Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
Closed DM – Input 1
Stop DM – Input 2
Open DM – Input 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On

178 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Operator Enabling Remote Off not active


Operator Enabling Remote On not active
PLC/PCS [DP]
Closed Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.0
Stop Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
Open Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Closed OP button 2
Stop OP button 4
Open OP button 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
On< Released control command –
On<
Off Released control command –
Off
On> Released control command –
On>
Motor control Æ control function Æ times
Execution time Longer than running time of
actuator
Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode
Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – On>
Feedback Closed BU – input 2
Feedback Open BU – input 3
Torque Closed BU – input 1 (only control function actuators 2,3)
Torque Open BU – input 4 (only control function actuators 2.4)

Siemens AG 179
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs


LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 Status – On<
Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off
Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event – Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 Status – Actuator runs in Open
direction
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status – Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 Status – Actuator runs in Close
direction
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax

180 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.12.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter inputs IN_01 and
IN_23 and the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding
symbols for the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_POS accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the inputs IN_01 (2 Bytes binary data)
and IN_23 (2 Bytes motor current).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the inputs IN_01 and IN_23 are
valid. In the case of a primary fault all inputs will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at
the corresponding outputs of the block.

3.12.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 Closed
0.1 Stop
0.2 Open
0.3 Test1
0.4 Emergency start
0.5 Control station Local /
Remote-
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 Status – Closed QCLOSED
0.1 Status – Stop QSTOP
0.2 Status – Open QOPENED
0.3 - -
0.4 Status – Interlocking time QLTA
active
0.5 Status – Remote mode QREMOTE
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 Status – Actuator runs in Open QOPENING
direction
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.2 Status – Actuator runs in QCLOSING
Close direction
1.3- - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

Siemens AG 181
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%. The motor current is output via the output QCUR.

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.

3.12.6 Operating modes


Switchover of control station (REMOTE, LOCAL)
The switchover of the control station is effected via the configurable function input REM_L if the input
REM_SEL has been set or via the function input REM_ON_OP which is set by the OS.
The function input (REMOP_EN) influences the operator enabling (QLOCOP) for the operation via the
OS.
The operating mode of the control station is output via the output QREMOTE (1=REMOTE,
0=LOCAL). QREMOTE corresponds to the Bit DP 0.5 of SIMOCODE pro here.
In LOCAL mode the control is completely switched off via the SMC_POS block. Control is possible
then only via the control station which is directly connected with SIMOCODE pro . Fault
acknowledgement is still possible.
Switchover of operating modes (MANUAL, AUTO) with REMOTE selected
With QREMOTE = TRUE the MANUAL and AUTOMATIC operating modes switchover is achieved
either with OS operation by means of AUT_ON_OP (LIOP_SEL = 0) or with the interconnection of the
input AUT_L (LIOP_SEL = 1).
The function inputs (MANOP_EN, AUTOP_EN) influence the operator enabling (QMANOP, QAUTOP)
for the operation via the OS.
The operating mode is output at the output QMAN_AUT (1=AUTO, 0=MANUAL).
Switchover of control station for MANUAL
In the REMOTE mode the operation can be effected in the MANUAL mode either via the OS or via the
configurable function inputs. The switchover is done via the configurable function input LINK_MAN.

182 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.12.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode


General
The PLC/DP control station of SIMOCODE pro (i.e. DP0,0, 0.1 and 0.2) is level-active. The Open
command is stored in SIMOCODE pro. The Stop command (DP0.1) overrides the Open / Close
commands (DP0.0 / 0.2).
Control of SIMOCODE pro via AS / OS is possible only in the REMOTE mode.
AUTOMATIC
In the automatic mode the control of the SIMOCODE pro control functions is effected via the
configurable function inputs AUTO_ON (TRUE = On, FALSE = Stop) and AUTO_OC (TRUE = Open,
FALSE = Close).
Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the automatic interface is
active.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the
command at the automatic interface is active. The Stop command is not required for stopping the
actuator, nevertheless, it is still set by the block if the Open / Close commands are not active.
MANUAL

In manual mode, the control of SIMOCODE pro is achieved either via the function inputs OPEN_VAL,
CLOS_VAL and STOP_VAL, which are set by the OS, or via the configurable function inputs
L_OPEN, L_CLOSE and L_STOP.
The inputs for the operator enabling OP_OP_EN / CL_OP_EN / ST_OP_EN set the outputs QOP_OP
/ QCL_OP / QST_OP for the operation via OS.
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable manual
interface is active.
The Stop command overrides the Open / Close commands (no edge evaluation!).

After switchover to manual operation and when L_OPEN / L_CLOSE / L_STOP is active, the
commands will be executed only with a positive edge change at the inputs.

Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)


With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable inputs is
active. The operator-controllable inputs OPEN_VAL, CLOS_VAL and STOP_VAL are corrected at
switching off.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bits are set anew when the
commands at the automatic interface are active. The Stop command is not required for stopping the
actuator, nevertheless, it is still set by the block if the Open / Close commands are not active.

Siemens AG 183
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.12.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control


Modality
Automatic commands

AUTO_ON

AUTO_OC
SIMOCODE pro

Local control station

AUTO
Interconnectable inputs
1 DP 0.0, 0.1, 0.2
PROFIBUS -DP
L_OPEN
0
L_CLOSE Control mode AUTO/ MANUAL: QREMOTE = TRUE
MANUAL
LIOP_SEL
L_STOP Manual control / Operator input

1 AUTOP_EN
AUT_ON_OP MANOP_EN
0
0
AUT_L
1 MAN_ONOP
Operator - controllable inputs

OPEN_VAL
Operator control modality REMOTE/LOCAL
OP_OP_EN
LINK_MAN
CLOS_VAL REM_ON_OP
1 DP 0.5 S1
CL_OP_EN LOCOP_EN_EN

STOP_VAL REM_L
0
ST_OP_EN
S2
REM_SEL

184 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.12.9 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data, SIM_I23:
motor current) instead of the process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01, IN_23). QSIM, QUALITY and
QBAD are output accordingly. The process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated.
The command status is linked to the output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01, SIM_I23). The assignment
corresponds to the assignment of the process inputs / process output and can be checked in the
chapter 3.12.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.12.10 Interlock
The interlock functions V_LOCK, VL_CLOS, VL_OPEN and VL_HOLD are active only in the REMOTE
mode and apply to the MANUAL and AUTO modes for all control stations of the SMC_POS block.
An active interlocking input prevents switching and deactivates the control stations for MANUAL and
AUTO. The control bit is set permanently.
The input SS_POS (TRUE = Open, FALSE = Close) corresponds to the safe position and determines
the control with V_LOCK.
The priorities have the following order from high to low: V_LOCK Æ VL_CLOS Æ CL_OPEN Æ
VL_HOLD
Resetting the interlocking input switches the actuator in the AUTO mode according to the control
station for AUTO. In the MANUAL mode the valve is switched to the safe position.

3.12.11 Local Interruption


The output QLOC_INT indicates in REMOTE that an operator input via the local control station
(directly connected to SIMOCODE pro) has changed the current control state.

QLOC_INT is also set if the control state requested with REMOTE has not been reached and no
general fault has occurred (e.g. due to an overriding Close command at the SIMOCODE pro group
control station) within the monitoring time set via TIME_MON. With TIME_MON = 0 or MONITOR =
FALSE this monitoring is deactivated.

With QLOC_INT = TRUE the control outputs are reset.

QLOC_INT is reset with the inputs RESET (operator-controllable) / L_RESET (configurable). The
input RESET is reset after the acknowledgement. When L_RESET is active permanently QLOC_INT
is set for the duration of a cycle if the above conditions are fulfilled.

3.12.12 Current and current limit monitoring


Current
The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%.

Siemens AG 185
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Current limits
The current limits are read out of the record DS130. Reading of the record is either triggered via the
configurable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the limit view is selected or by OS
operation (RD_DATA). The output QEN_RDWR is reset during communication.
The read data are output at the I/O parameters Alarm high (CUR_AH), Alarm low (CUR_AL), Warning
high (CUR_WH) and Warning low (CUR_WL).
When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.
The limits can also be parameterized in the faceplate in addition. When these values are changed,
they are written to SIMOCODE pro.
The message characteristics of limit value violations is parameterized with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM. Therefor in Monitoring Functions Æ Current Limits the characteristics of trip level /
warning level is configured as follows:
• Trip level: disabled or tripping
• Warning level: disabled or warning.
When an error occurs during writing the values are reset to 0 and the output is set to
QERR_WR=TRUE.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limits triggers sending of the corresponding message unless the
limit signal has been deactivated entirely via the parameter M_SUP_C (default setting is: deactivated).
The messages of the limit value violations are generated in SIMOCODE pro and evaluated in the
block. The outputs QCUR_AH, QCUR_AL, QCUR_WH and QCUR_WL are set accordingly.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bar are parameterized via the function inputs MO_PVHR and MO_PVLR
and can be set in the OS.

3.12.13 Message characteristics


SMC_POS sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x
@
3 QCUR_AH Current Alarm high AH
4 QCUR_WH Current Warning high WH
5 QCUR_WL Current Warning low WL
6 QCUR_AL Current Alarm low AL
7 QCST Feedback Test WH
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -

186 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=8 – 16) at SMC_POS.

Siemens AG 187
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:


Message Message Associate Block Meaning
block number d value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning additional
information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PLC Bus / PLC error
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The associated values AUX_PR14 – AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The current limit signals can be suppressed via the input M_SUP_C. The default value of the input
M_SUP_C is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is active.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_POS for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Current limit signals (signal number 3-6)

The current limit signals are generated by SIMOCODE pro and they are contained in the diagnosis
structure DIAG_INF.

188 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Feedback Test (signal number 7)


The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).
Unassigned signals (signal number 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_8 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.12.14 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset is done by SIMOCODE pro only if no Open / Close command is active. Reset
either resets the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer exists, or it acknowledges
the fault if the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will automatically reset the general
fault when the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.
From the block point of view, the reset function is transparent, i.e. there is no logic operation with other
signals and it is independent of the mode (LOCAL / REMOTE).
When this control function is active, errors are also acknowledged with the Stop command or they can
be reset only with a counter command (Trip – Stalled Actuator, Trip – End Position). When these
errors occur, the counter command must be transmitted for fault acknowledgement, for instance, in
the manual mode or via the local control station. The same applies to external errors which were
parameterized in such a way that they can be acknowledged only with an OFF command.

3.12.15 Startup characteristics


On CPU startup the block is switched to manual operation and the Stop command is output. For this
purpose, the block must be called from the startup OB. After startup the signals for the number of
cycles which have been parameterized in the value RUNUPCYC are suppressed.
3.12.16 Time response
The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

Siemens AG 189
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.12.17 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUT_L BOOL I Configurable input for MAN/AUTO
(0=Manual/1=Auto)
AUT_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=Manual, 1=Auto +
AUTO_OC BOOL I Automatic value: 1=open, 0=close
AUTO_ON BOOL I Automatic value: 1=On, 0=Off
AUTOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for automatic
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CL_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for CLOSE
CLOS_VAL BOOL IO Operator input: 1= CLOSE actuator +
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
CUR_AH REAL IO Current Alarm Limit high +
CUR_AL REAL IO Current Alarm Limit low +
CUR_WH REAL IO Current Warning Limit High +
CUR_WL REAL IO Current Warning Limit Low +
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional +
information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional +
information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EM_START BOOL I Emergency start +
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 0.x (x=0 – 7)
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=0 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input motor current
JOG_ON BOOL I 1=Jog mode active
L_CLOSE BOOL I Manual control: 1=close
L_OPEN BOOL I Manual control: 1=open
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Configurable input 0Æ1: Reading of record
L_RESET BOOL I Configurable input for reset of QLOC_INT
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
L_STOP BOOL I Manual control: 1=hold
LADDR INT I Logic base address
LINK_MAN BOOL I 0= Operator input active, 1= Manual
control via configurable inputs
LIOP_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for Manual/Auto
switchover (AUT_L): 1=interconnection is
active, 0= operator control is active

190 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


LOCOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for LOCAL
M_SUP_C BOOL I 1=Signal suppression active for current +
limit violations
MANOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for manual
MO_PVHR REAL I Limit Bar High +
MO_PVLR REAL I Limit Bar Low +
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MONITOR BOOL I 1= Monitoring ON +
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=8 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OOS BOOL I Standby
OP_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for OPEN
OPEN_VAL BOOL IO Operator input: 1= OPEN actuator +
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
QAUTOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for automatic +
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QCL_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for CLOSE +
QCLOSED BOOL O Status: 1=Actuator CLOSED (DP 0.1) +
QCLOSING BOOL O 1=Actuator closing (DP 1.2) +
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +
QCUR REAL O Motor current in %ls +
QCUR_AH BOOL O Current Alarm Limit High violated
QCUR_AL BOOL O Current Alarm Limit Low violated
QCUR_WH BOOL O Current Warning Limit High violated
QCUR_WL BOOL O Current Warning Limit Low violated
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6)
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)
QLOC_INT BOOL O 1=Manual intervention +
QLOCOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for LOCAL/REMOTE +
QLTA BOOL O 1=Interlock time running (DP 0.4) +
QMAN_AUT BOOL O 0=Manual, 1=Automatic +
QMANOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for manual +
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QOP_ERR BOOL O 1=General operating error
QOP_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for OPEN +
QOPENED BOOL O Status: 1=Actuator OPEN (DP 0.2) +
QOPENING BOOL O 1=Actuator opening (DP 1.0) +
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +

Siemens AG 191
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record
QREMOTE BOOL O 1=REMOTE mode (DP 0.5) +
QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +
QST_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for STOP +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
REM_L BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(0=LOCAL/1=REMOTE)
REM_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=LOCAL, 1=REMOTE +
REM_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(REM_L): 1=interconnection is active, 0=
operator control is active
RESET BOOL IO Operator input for reset of QLOC_INT
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +
SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
SS_POS BOOL I Rest position: 0=closed (type C) 1=open +
(type O)
ST_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for STOP
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
STOP_VAL BOOL IO Operator input: 1= Actuator STOP +
TIME_MON REAL I Monitoring time in [s] +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
V_LOCK BOOL I 1= Interlock (SS_POS) +
VL_CLOS BOOL I 1= Interlock (CLOSED) +
VL_HOLD BOOL I 1= Interlock (HOLD) +
VL_OPEN BOOL I 1= Interlock (OPEN) +
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for state displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

192 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 QMAN_AUT
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 QLOC_INT
8 V_LOCK / VL_CLOS / VL_OPEN / VL_HOLD
9 QOPENED
10 QSTOP
11 QCLOSED
12 -
13 QOPENING
14 QCLOSING
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

3.12.18 State displays for symbols


State Stop Closed Opened Closing Opening not available
Parameter QCLOSED = 0 QCLOSED = 1 QOPENED = 1 QCLOSING = 1 QOPENING = 1 QBAD = 1
QOPENED = 0
QCLOSING = 0
QOPENING = 0
Visualization

Flashing Flashing

Siemens AG 193
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.12.19 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Limits LIMITS
Maintenance MAINTENANCE
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Trend
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_POS_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages, Trend and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)
Status
The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.
Control mode
(QMAN_AUT,
Status display
AUT_ON_OP)
(VSTATUS)

Current (QCUR) / Unit Command Close


(QCUR#unit) (CLOS VAL)

Local Interruption Command Hold


(QLOC INT) (STOP_VAL)

Interlock (V_LOCK, Command Open


VL_OPEN, VL_CLOSE, (OPEN_VAL)
VL HOLD)

Test (QCST)

Operator control
modality (QREMOTE)
Acknowledgement
(RESET)
Interlocking time active
(QLTA)

194 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Limits (LIMITS)

Current value (QCUR,


QCUR#unit)
Actual value bar (QCUR,
MO_PVHR, MO_PVLR)

Limit values (CUR_AH,


CUR_WH, CUR_WL,
CUR AL)

Limit value display Bar range (MO_PVHR,


(CUR_AH, CUR_WH, MO_PVLR)
CUR_WL, CUR_AL)

Update values (RD_DATA) Calling faceplate


SMC_MEAS, visible if
EN_MEAS = TRUE

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Operator control modality


Local / Remote Activating Emergency
(REM_ON_OP) Start (EM_START)

Activating Monitoring
Monitoring time for Local (MONITOR)
Interruption (TIME_MON)

Acknowledgement Local
Interruption (RESET)
Calling faceplate
SMC_STAT, visible if
EN STAT = TRUE

Siemens AG 195
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

196 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.13 SMC_OVL: Signal-processing block for control function


”overload relay”

FB2012

3.13.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
characteristics).
3.13.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
SFC21 FILL

3.13.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On Status – Motor current flowing
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 1 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 2 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 5 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0-7 not connected freely assignable

Siemens AG 197
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax

3.13.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter inputs IN_01 and
IN_23 and the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding
symbols for the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_OVL accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the inputs IN_01 (2 Bytes binary data)
and IN_23 (2 Bytes motor current).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the inputs IN_01 and IN_23 are
valid. In the case of a primary fault all inputs will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at
the corresponding outputs of the block.

3.13.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 -
0.1 -
0.2 -
0.3 Test1
0.4 Emergency start
0.5 -
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 -
0.1 - -
0.2 - -
0.3 Event - Overload Operation QOVL
0.4 - -
0.5 - -
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 - -
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.2 - - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%. The motor current is output via the output QCUR.

198 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.
3.13.6 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data, SIM_I23:
motor current) instead of the process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01, IN_23). QSIM, QUALITY and
QBAD are output accordingly. The process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated.
The command status is linked to the output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01, SIM_I23). The assignment
corresponds to the assignment of the process inputs / process output and can be checked in the
chapter 3.13.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.13.7 Current and current limit monitoring


Current
The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%.
Current limits
The current limits are read out of the record DS130. Reading of the record is either triggered via the
configurable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the limit view is selected or by OS
operation (RD_DATA). The output QEN_RDWR is reset during communication.
The read data are output at the I/O parameters Alarm high (CUR_AH), Alarm low (CUR_AL), Warning
high (CUR_WH) and Warning low (CUR_WL).
When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.
The limits can also be parameterized in the faceplate in addition. When these values are changed,
they are written to SIMOCODE pro.
The message characteristics of limit value violations is parameterized with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM. Therefor in Monitoring Functions Æ Current Limits the characteristics of trip level /
warning level is configured as follows:
• Trip level: disabled or tripping
• Warning level: disabled or warning.
When an error occurs during writing the values are reset to 0 and the output is set to
QERR_WR=TRUE.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limits triggers sending of the corresponding message unless the
limit signal has been deactivated entirely via the parameter M_SUP_C (default setting is: deactivated).
The messages of the limit value violations are generated in SIMOCODE pro and evaluated in the
block. The outputs QCUR_AH, QCUR_AL, QCUR_WH and QCUR_WL are set accordingly.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bar are parameterized via the function inputs MO_PVHR and MO_PVLR
and can be set in the OS.

Siemens AG 199
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.13.8 Message characteristics


SMC_OVL sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x
@
3 QCUR_AH Current Alarm high AH
4 QCUR_WH Current Warning high WH
5 QCUR_WL Current Warning low WL
6 QCUR_AL Current Alarm low AL
7 QCST Feedback Test WH
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -
The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=7 – 16) at SMC_OVL.
The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:
Message Message Associated Block Meaning
block number value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20 DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning additional
information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PLC Bus / PLC error
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned

200 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Message Message Associated Block Meaning


block number value parameter
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The associated values AUX_PR14 – AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The current limit signals can be suppressed via the input M_SUP_C. The default value of the input
M_SUP_C is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is active.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_OVL for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Current limit signals (signal number 3-6)

The current limit signals are generated by SIMOCODE pro and they are contained in the diagnosis
structure DIAG_INF.

Feedback Test (signal number 7)


The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).
Unassigned signals (signal number 7 - 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_7 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.13.9 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset either resets the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer
exists, or it acknowledges the fault if the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will
automatically reset the general fault when the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.

3.13.10 Startup characteristics


After startup the signals for the number of cycles which have been parameterized in the value
RUNUPCYC are suppressed.

Siemens AG 201
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.13.11 Time response


The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

202 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.13.12 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
CUR_AH REAL IO Current Alarm Limit high +
CUR_AL REAL IO Current Alarm Limit low +
CUR_WH REAL IO Current Warning Limit High +
CUR_WL REAL IO Current Warning Limit Low +
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional +
information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional +
information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 0.x (x=0 – 7)
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=0 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input motor current
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Configurable input 0Æ1: Reading of record
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
LADDR INT I Logic base address
M_SUP_C BOOL I 1=Signal suppression active for current +
limit violations
MO_PVHR REAL I Limit Bar High +
MO_PVLR REAL I Limit Bar Low +
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=8 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OOS BOOL I Standby
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +

Siemens AG 203
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QCUR REAL O Current in %ls +
QCUR_AH BOOL O Current Alarm Limit High violated
QCUR_AL BOOL O Current Alarm Limit Low violated
QCUR_WH BOOL O Current Warning Limit High violated
QCUR_WL BOOL O Current Warning Limit Low violated
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6) +
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record
QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +
SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for state displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

204 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 -
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
11 -
12 -
13 -
14 -
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

3.13.13 State displays for symbols


State Fault Ok not available
Parameter QGR_ERR=1 QGR_ERR=0 QBAD=1
Visualization

3.13.14 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Limits LIMITS
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Trend
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_OVL_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages, Trend and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.

Siemens AG 205
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Standard (STANDARD)
Status
The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.

Status display
(VSTATUS) State (QGR_ERR)

Current (QCUR) / unit Activating Emergency


(QCUR#unit) Start (EM_START)

Test (QCST)

Acknowledgement
(RESET)

206 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Limits (LIMITS)

Current value (QCUR,


QCUR#unit)
Actual value bar (QCUR,
MO_PVHR, MO_PVLR)

Limit values (CUR_AH,


CUR_WH, CUR_WL,
CUR AL)

Limit value display Bar range (MO_PVHR,


(CUR_AH, CUR_WH, MO_PVLR)
CUR_WL, CUR_AL)

Update values (RD_DATA) Calling faceplate


SMC_MEAS, visible if
EN_MEAS = TRUE

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Siemens AG 207
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

208 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.14 SMC_CB: Signal-processing block for control function ”circuit


breaker”

FB2013

3.14.1 Calling OBs


The cyclic interrupt OB where you insert the block (e.g. OB32). Additional in the OB100 (see startup
characteristics).
3.14.2 Called blocks
The block calls the following blocks:
SFB35 ALARM_8P
SFB52 RDREC
SFB53 WRREC
SFC6 RD_SINFO
SFC20 BLKMOV
SFC21 FILL

3.14.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES


Certain SIMOCODE pro parameters must have specific settings in order to ensure that the signal
blocks function properly. This applies in particular to such parameters which determine the
assignment of the cyclic I/O interface.

These parameters are given in bold characters.

The following list shows in addition the parameters which have a default setting for the control function
in the templates for application selection in the SIMOCODE ES software. The settings are a proposal
and depend decisively on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro inputs and outputs.

These parameters are given in bold italics characters.

Additionally the setting of other parameters, e.g. for motor protection, is required. They are not
described here though. The parameterization of the extended I/O interface of the basic type 1 is
described in the chapter 3.2.3 Parameterization in SIMOCODE ES.
Motor control Æ control stations
Mode selector S1 Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.5
Mode selector S2 Fixed level 1
Local Control [LC]
Off BU – input 2
On BU – input 1
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active

Siemens AG 209
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

PLC/PCS [DP]
Off Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.1
On Cycl. Receive - Bit 0.2
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control not active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off active
Operator Enabling Remote On active
Operation Panel [OP]
Off OP button 4
On OP button 3
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 Off
Operator enabling Local Control active
2 On
Operator Enabling Remote Off not active
Operator Enabling Remote On not active
Motor control Æ control function Æ control commands
Off Released control command -
Off
On> Released control command –
On>

Motor control Æ control function Æ operating mode


Non-maintained command mode not active / active The parameter setting influences the
parameter JOG_ON at the SIMOCODE-
signal block:
Non-maintained command mode not
active: JOG_ON=FALSE
Non-maintained command mode active:
JOG_ON=TRUE
Motor control Æ control function Æ auxiliary control inputs
Feedback On BU – input 3 Auxiliary switch of circuit breaker
Motor control Æ control function Æ times
Feedback time Longer than motor runtime Auxiliary switch of circuit breaker
of motor drive of the circuit
breaker,
typ. 10s
Outputs Æ Basic unit
BU – Output 1 Contactor control QE1
BU – Output 2 Contactor control QE2
Outputs Æ Operation panel LEDs
LED green 3 Indication QLE> (On>)
LED green 4 Indication QLA (Off)
OutputsÆCyclic signalling data
Byte 0, Bit 0 not connected

210 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Byte 0, Bit 1 Status- Off


Byte 0, Bit 2 Status – On>
Byte 0, Bit 3 Event - Overload Operation
Byte 0, Bit 4 not connected
Byte 0, Bit 5 Status – Remote mode
Byte 0, Bit 6 Status – General fault
Byte 0, Bit 7 Status – General warning
Byte 1, Bit 0 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 1 Status- Test position (TPF)
Byte 1, Bit 2 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 3 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 4 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 5 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 6 not connected freely assignable
Byte 1, Bit 7 not connected freely assignable
Byte 2-3 Max. Current Imax
Standard functions Æ external fault 1
External fault 1 BU input 4 Alarm switch of circuit breaker
Response switch on

Siemens AG 211
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.14.4 Function
The block is inserted by the user in a cyclic interrupt-OB (e.g. OB32). The parameter inputs IN_01 and
IN_23 and the parameter output O_01 are also interconnected by the user with the corresponding
symbols for the inputs and outputs of the corresponding SIMOCODE pro unit.
SMC_CB accesses the data provided by SIMOCODE pro via the inputs IN_01 (2 Bytes binary data)
and IN_23 (2 Bytes motor current).
Data are sent to SIMOCODE pro via the output O_01 (2 Bytes binary data).
The configuration of the inputs and outputs is determined by the SIMOCODE pro basic type 2.
The access to the inputs and outputs is achieved exclusively via the process image.
The input parameter MODE is used by the block to determine whether the inputs IN_01 and IN_23 are
valid. In the case of a primary fault all inputs will be read by SIMOCODE pro with “0” and read out at
the corresponding outputs of the block.

3.14.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image


Assignment of O_01: commands output to SIMOCODE pro
Bit Control interface
0.0 -
0.1 Off
0.2 On> Æ On
0.3 Test1
0.4 Emergency start
0.5 Control station Local /
Remote-
0.6 Reset
0.7 -
1.0 – User-specific outputs
1.7

Assignment of IN_01: Feedbacks from SIMOCODE pro


Bit Cyclic signalling data Block parameter
0.0 -
0.1 Status – Off QOFF
0.2 Status – On QON
0.3 Event - Overload Operation QOVL
0.4 - -
0.5 Status – Remote mode QREMOTE
0.6 Status – General fault QGR_WRN
0.7 Status – General warning QGR_ERR
1.0 - -
1.1 Status – Test position (TPF) QCST
1.2- - -
1.7

The input parameter IN_01 is copied in addition to the output Q_IN_01.

The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%. The motor current is output via the output QCUR.

212 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

The assignment of the bytes 2 / 3 of the analog control interface and of the bytes 4 - 9 of the cyclic
signalling data when the basic type 1 is used is described in the chapter 3.2.5 Assignment of the cyclic
process image.
3.14.6 Operating modes
Switchover of control station (REMOTE, LOCAL)
The switchover of the control station is effected via the configurable function input REM_L if the input
REM_SEL has been set or via the function input REM_ON_OP which is set by the OS.
The function input (REMOP_EN) influences the operator enabling (QLOCOP) for the operation via the
OS.
The operating mode of the control station is output via the output QREMOTE (1=REMOTE,
0=LOCAL). QREMOTE corresponds to the Bit DP 0.5 of SIMOCODE pro here.
In LOCAL mode the control is completely switched off via the SMC_CB block. Control is possible then
only via the control station which is directly connected with SIMOCODE pro . Fault acknowledgement
is still possible.
Switchover of operating modes (MANUAL, AUTO) with REMOTE selected
With QREMOTE = TRUE the MANUAL and AUTOMATIC operating modes switchover is achieved
either with OS operation by means of AUT_ON_OP (LIOP_SEL = 0) or with the interconnection of the
input AUT_L (LIOP_SEL = 1).
The function inputs (MANOP_EN, AUTOP_EN) influence the operator enabling (QMANOP, QAUTOP)
for the operation via the OS.
The operating mode is output at the output QMAN_AUT (1=AUTO, 0=MANUAL).
Switchover of control station for MANUAL
In the REMOTE mode the operation can be effected in the MANUAL mode either via the OS or via the
configurable function inputs. The switchover is done via the configurable function input LINK_MAN.

Siemens AG 213
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.14.7 Control stations for MANUAL and AUTOMATIC mode


General
The PLC/DP control station of SIMOCODE pro (i.e. DP0.1 and 0.2) is level-active. The On command
is stored in SIMOCODE pro. The Off command (DP0.1) overrides the On command (DP0.2).
Control of SIMOCODE pro via AS / OS is possible only in the REMOTE mode.
AUTOMATIC
In the automatic mode the control of the SIMOCODE pro control functions is effected via the
configurable function input AUTO_ON (TRUE = On, FALSE = Off).
Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the automatic interface is
active.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the
command at the automatic interface is active. The Off command is not required for switching off the
unit, nevertheless, it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.
MANUAL

In the manual mode the control of SIMOCODE pro is achieved either via the function input MAN_ON
(TRUE = On, FALSE = Off) set by the OS or via the configurable function inputs L_ON and L_OFF.
The inputs for the operator enabling ON_OP_EN / OFFOP_EN set the outputs QON_OP / QOFF_OP
for the operation via OS.
With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable manual
interface is active.
The Off command overrides the On command (no edge evaluation!).

After switchover to manual operation and when L_ON / L_OFF is active, the commands will be
executed only with a positive edge change at the inputs.

Control without non-maintained command (JOG_ON = FALSE)


With an edge of the command input the corresponding control bit is set in the interface until
SIMOCODE pro provides the corresponding feedback or an error occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When
the error is acknowledged, the control bit is set anew when the command at the configurable inputs is
active. The operator-controllable input MAN_ON is corrected at a switching off.
Control with non-maintained command (JOG_ON = TRUE)
The corresponding control bit in the interface is set as long as the command input = TRUE or an error
occurs (QGR_ERR = TRUE). When the error is acknowledged, the control bits are set anew when the
commands at the automatic interface are active. The Off command is not required for switching off the
unit, nevertheless, it is still set by the block if the On command is not active.

214 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.14.8 Overview Control Stations, Operating Modes, Operator Control


Modality

Automatic commands

AUTO_ON

SIMOCODE pro

Local Control
Station

AUTO
Interconnectable inputs
1 DP 0.1, 0.2 PROFIBUS-DP
L_ON
0
L_OFF Op. mode AUTO/ MANUAL: QREMOTE = TRUE
MANUAL LIOP_SEL
Manual control / operator input

1 AUTOP_EN
AUT_ON_OP MANOP_EN
0
0
AUT_L
1 MAN_ONOP
Operator controllable inputs

MAN_ON
Operator control modality REMOTE/LOCAL
ON_OP_EN
LINK_MAN
OFFOP_EN REM_ON_OP
1 DP 0.5 S1
LOCOP_EN_EN
REM_L
0
S2

REM_SEL

Siemens AG 215
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.14.9 Simulation
The simulation mode is activated via the input SIM_ON and it overrides any other operating mode.
With SIM_ON = TRUE the block processes the simulation values (SIM_I01: binary data, SIM_I23:
motor current) instead of the process values of SIMOCODE pro (IN_01, IN_23). QSIM, QUALITY and
QBAD are output accordingly. The process output (O_01) is output as “0” with simulation activated.
The command status is linked to the output QSTATUS.

A block must be programmed for the simulation. The output QSTATUS can be evaluated and this
information can be used to form the simulation feedback (SIM_I01, SIM_I23). The assignment
corresponds to the assignment of the process inputs / process output and can be checked in the
chapter 3.14.5 Assignment of the cyclic process image.

3.14.10 Interlock
The interlock functions LOCK and LOCK_ON are active only in the REMOTE mode and apply to the
MANUAL and AUTO modes for all control stations of the SMC_CB block.
An active interlocking input prevents switching and deactivates the control stations for MANUAL and
AUTO. The control bit is set permanently.
LOCK always overrides LOCK_ON.
Resetting LOCK_ON switches the motor in the AUTO mode according to the control station for AUTO.
In MANUAL the motor is switched off.

3.14.11 Local Interruption


The output QLOC_INT indicates in REMOTE that an operator input via the local control station
(directly connected to SIMOCODE pro) has changed the current control state.

QLOC_INT is also set if the control state requested with REMOTE has not been reached and no
general fault has occurred (e.g. due to an overriding Off command at the SIMOCODE pro group
control station) within the monitoring time set via TIME_MON. With TIME_MON = 0 or MONITOR =
FALSE this monitoring is deactivated.

With QLOC_INT = TRUE the control outputs are reset.

QLOC_INT is reset with the inputs RESET (operator-controllable) / L_RESET (configurable). The
input RESET is reset after the acknowledgement. When L_RESET is active permanently QLOC_INT
is set for the duration of a cycle if the above conditions are fulfilled.

3.14.12 Current and current limit monitoring


Current
The motor current is uploaded via the input parameter IN_23 as an unsigned 2 Byte value. In this
process SIMOCODE pro uploads the current always in percent of the current setting in a range of 0 to
1000%.
Current limits
The current limits are read out of the record DS130. Reading of the record is either triggered via the
configurable input parameter L_RD_DATA, in the OS when the limit view is selected or by OS
operation (RD_DATA). The output QEN_RDWR is reset during communication.
The read data are output at the I/O parameters Alarm high (CUR_AH), Alarm low (CUR_AL), Warning
high (CUR_WH) and Warning low (CUR_WL).

216 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

When an error occurs the values are set to zero and the output is set to QERR_RD=TRUE.
The limits can also be parameterized in the faceplate in addition. When these values are changed,
they are written to SIMOCODE pro.
The message characteristics of limit value violations is parameterized with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM. Therefor in Monitoring Functions Æ Current Limits the characteristics of trip level /
warning level is configured as follows:
• Trip level: disabled or tripping
• Warning level: disabled or warning.
When an error occurs during writing the values are reset to 0 and the output is set to
QERR_WR=TRUE.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limits triggers sending of the corresponding message unless the
limit signal has been deactivated entirely via the parameter M_SUP_C (default setting is: deactivated).
The messages of the limit value violations are generated in SIMOCODE pro and evaluated in the
block. The outputs QCUR_AH, QCUR_AL, QCUR_WH and QCUR_WL are set accordingly.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bar are parameterized via the function inputs MO_PVHR and MO_PVLR
and can be set in the OS.

3.14.13 Message characteristics


SMC_CB sends the following messages:
Message Message Block Message text Message
block number parameter class
MSG_EVID1 1 QGR_WRN General warning: Add. information WH
@4%x@/@5%x@
2 QGR_ERR General fault: Add. information AH
@6%x@/@7%x@/@8%x@/@9%x@/@10%x@
3 QCUR_AH Current Alarm high AH
4 QCUR_WH Current Warning high WH
5 QCUR_WL Current Warning low WL
6 QCUR_AL Current Alarm low AL
7 QCST Feedback Test WH
8 MSG_8 unassigned -
MSG_EVID2 1 MSG_9 unassigned -
2 MSG_10 unassigned -
3 MSG_11 unassigned -
4 MSG_12 unassigned -
5 MSG_13 unassigned -
6 MSG_14 unassigned -
7 MSG_15 unassigned -
8 MSG_16 unassigned -
The unassigned signal inputs have not been assigned a fixed meaning and can be activated via the
parameters MSG_x (x=8 – 16) at SMC_CB.

Siemens AG 217
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

The associated values of ALARM_8P are assigned as follows:


Message Message Associated Block Meaning
block number value parameter
MSG_EVID1 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
1 4 DD_17_20DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning
additional information 1
5 DD_21_22 DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning additional
information 2
2 6 DD_24_27 DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional
information 1
7 DD_28_31 DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional
information 2
8 QFLT_F9 Error F9
9 QPARFF16 Parameter error F16
10 QBUS_PLC Bus / PLC error
MSG_EVID2 - 1 BA_NA Batch name
- 2 STEP_NO Batch step number
- 3 BA_ID Batch ID
- 4 AUX_PR14 unassigned
- 5 AUX_PR15 unassigned
- 6 AUX_PR16 unassigned
- 7 AUX_PR17 unassigned
- 8 AUX_PR18 unassigned
- 9 AUX_PR19 unassigned
- 10 AUX_PR20 unassigned
The associated values AUX_PR14 – AUX_PR20 are freely available.
The current limit signals can be suppressed via the input M_SUP_C. The default value of the input
M_SUP_C is TRUE, i.e. the message suppression is active.
The diagnostic block SMC_DIAG provides the details which are configured via the structure
DIAG_INF at SMC_CB for the general warning and general fault signals.
General warning (signal number 1)
The general warning signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Two associated values are sent as additional information together with the General warning signal.
The associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 17 - 22 of the diagnosis record 92 and
they contain the exact cause of the warning in binary-coded form.
General fault (signal number 2)
The general fault signal is derived from the diagnosis structure DIAG_INF which is formed by the
block SMC_DIAG.
Three associated values are sent as additional information together with the General fault signal. The
associated values correspond to the contents of the Bytes 23 -31 of the diagnosis record 92 and they
contain the exact cause of the fault in binary-coded form.
Current limit signals (signal number 3-6)

The current limit signals are generated by SIMOCODE pro and they are contained in the diagnosis
structure DIAG_INF.

218 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Feedback Test (signal number 7)


The Feedback Test signal is derived directly from the SIMOCODE pro information (DP 1.1 Send).

Unassigned signals (signal number 8 of the signalling block 1, signal numbers 1 – 8 of the
signalling block 2)

There is no block-internal assignment to a certain function for these signals. It can be activated via a
parameter input (MSG_8 – MSG_16) and can be used to signal, for instance, Local_Interruption, the
mode SIMULATION or any other signal.

3.14.14 Reset behaviour


On principle, any fault detected by SIMOCODE pro must be acknowledged. This is done with the Bit
DP 0.6 Recv. Reset is done by SIMOCODE pro only if no On command is active. Reset either resets
the general fault (QGR_ERR) when the fault reason no longer exists, or it acknowledges the fault if
the fault reason is still existing. An acknowledged fault will automatically reset the general fault when
the fault reason has been eliminated.
Reset can be carried out either via the configurable function input L_SMCRESET or via the function
input SMCRESET which can be operated from the OS.
L_SMCRESET is level-active. SMCRESET is reset by the block reset after the evaluation.
From the block point of view, the reset function is transparent, i.e. there is no logic operation with other
signals and it is independent of the mode (LOCAL / REMOTE).

3.14.15 Startup characteristics


On CPU startup the block is switched to manual operation and the Off command is output. For this
purpose, the block must be called from the startup OB. After startup the signals for the number of
cycles which have been parameterized in the value RUNUPCYC are suppressed.

3.14.16 Time response


The block must be called via a cyclic interrupt OB. The sampling time of the block is entered in the
parameter SAMPLE_T.

Siemens AG 219
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

3.14.17 Block parameters


Element Data type Type Meaning OCM
AUT_L BOOL I Configurable input for MAN/AUTO
(0=Manual/1=Auto)
AUT_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=Manual, 1=Auto +
AUTO_ON BOOL I Automatic value: 1=On, 0=Off
AUTOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for automatic
AUX_PRxx ANY IO Associated value x (x=11 - 20)
BA_EN BOOL I BATCH assignment enabling +
BA_ID DWORD I BATCH: serial batch number +
BA_NA STRING I BATCH designation +
[32]
CST BOOL I 1=Test mode
CUR_AH REAL IO Current Alarm Limit high +
CUR_AL REAL IO Current Alarm Limit low +
CUR_WH REAL IO Current Warning Limit High +
CUR_WL REAL IO Current Warning Limit Low +
DD_17_20 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 17 - 20: General warning +
additional information 1
DD_21_22 WORD O DS 92 Byte 21 -22: General warning +
additional information 2
DD_24_27 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 24 -27: General fault additional +
information 1
DD_28_31 DWORD O DS 92 Byte 28 -31: General fault additional +
information 2
DIAG_INF UDT_ I Diagnosis structure of SMC_DIAG
DIAG
EM_START BOOL I Emergency start +
EN_MEAS BOOL I 1=Measured value block existing +
EN_RDWR BOOL I 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
EN_STAT BOOL I 1=Statistics block existing +
ERR_NOx INT O Fault number x (x=1..6) +
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 0.x (0=3 – 7)
I1_x BOOL I User-defined outputs DP 1.x (x=0 – 7)
IN_01 WORD I Inputs DP0.0 – 1.7
IN_23 WORD I Input motor current
JOG_ON BOOL I 1=Jog mode active
L_OFF BOOL I Manual control: 1=Off
L_ON BOOL I Manual control: 1=On
L_RD_DATA BOOL I Configurable input 0Æ1: Reading of record
L_RESET BOOL I Configurable input for reset of QLOC_INT
L_SMCRESE BOOL I Configurable input for reset
T
LADDR INT I Logic base address
LINK_MAN BOOL I 0= Operator input active, 1= Manual
control via configurable inputs
LIOP_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for Manual/Auto
switchover (AUT_L): 1=interconnection is
active, 0= operator control is active
LOCK BOOL I 1= Interlock (OFF) +
LOCK_ON BOOL I 1= Interlock (ON) +
LOCOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for LOCAL
M_SUP_C BOOL I 1=Signal suppression active for current +

220 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


limit violations
MAN_ON BOOL IO Operator input: 1= ON, 0=OFF +
MANOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for manual
MO_PVHR REAL I Limit Bar High +
MO_PVLR REAL I Limit Bar Low +
MODE DWORD I Mode of OMODE of the SMC_DIAG
MONITOR BOOL I 1= Monitoring ON +
MSG_ACK1 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_ACK2 WORD O Messages acknowledged alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_EVID1 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 1
MSG_EVID2 DWORD I Event ID of the alarm 8p-block 2
MSG_STAT1 WORD O MESSAGE 1: STATUS Output
MSG_STAT2 WORD O MESSAGE 2: STATUS Output
MSG_x BOOL I Unassigned message input x (x=8 – 16)
O_01 WORD O Outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
OCCUPIED BOOL I BATCH occupation identification +
OFFOP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for OFF
ON_OP_EN BOOL I 1= Operator enabling for ON
OOS BOOL I Standby
Q_IN_01 WORD O Inputs DP 0.0 – 1.7
QAUTOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for automatic +
QBAD BOOL O 1=Invalid process value +
QBUS_PLC BOOL O Bus / PLC error +
QC_QCUR BYTE O Quality code of the process value
QCST BOOL O 1=Test active (DP 1.1) +
QCUR REAL O Current in %ls +
QCUR_AH BOOL O Current Alarm Limit High violated
QCUR_AL BOOL O Current Alarm Limit Low violated
QCUR_WH BOOL O Current Warning Limit High violated
QCUR_WL BOOL O Current Warning Limit Low violated
QEN_RDWR BOOL O 1=Enabling Reading/writing of record
QERR BOOL O 1=Program error
QERR_RD BOOL O 1=Error when reading the record
QERR_WR BOOL O 1=Error when writing the record
QFLT_F9 BOOL O Error F9 +
QGR_ERR BOOL O General fault (DP 0.6)
QGR_WRN BOOL O General warning (DP 0.7)
QLOC_INT BOOL O 1=Manual intervention +
QLOCOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for LOCAL/REMOTE +
QMAN_AUT BOOL O 0=Manual, 1=Automatic +
QMANOP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling for manual +
QMSG_ERR BOOL O 1=ALARM8_P error
QMSG_SUP BOOL O 1=Message suppression +
QOFF BOOL O Status: 1=Circuit breaker OFF (DP 0.1) +
QOFF_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for OFF +
QON BOOL O Status: 1=Circuit breaker ON (DP 0.2) +
QON_OP BOOL O 1= Operator enabling for ON +
QOP_ERR BOOL O 1=General operating error
QPARFF16 BOOL O Parameter error F16 +
QRD_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB RDREC
QRDWR_OP BOOL O 1=Operator enabling Reading/writing of +
record

Siemens AG 221
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Element Data type Type Meaning OCM


QREMOTE BOOL O 1=REMOTE mode (DP 0.5) +
QSIM BOOL O 1=Simulation active +
QSTATUS WORD O Command status (outputs DP 0.0 – 1.7)
QUALITY BYTE O Quality code
QWR_STAT WORD O Return value of SFB WRREC
RACKF BOOL I 1=Rack error
RD_DATA BOOL IO 0Æ1: Reading of record +
REM_L BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(0=LOCAL/1=REMOTE)
REM_ON_OP BOOL IO Operator input: 0=LOCAL, 1=REMOTE +
REM_SEL BOOL I Configurable input for LOCAL/REMOTE
(REM_L): 1=interconnection is active, 0=
operator control is active
RESET BOOL IO Operator input for reset of QLOC_INT
RUNUPCYC INT I Number of cold start cycles after CPU
restart
SAMPLE_T REAL I Sampling time in [s]
SIM_I01 WORD I Simulation value IN_01
SIM_I23 WORD I Simulation value IN_23
SIM_ON BOOL I 1=Simulation +
SMCRESET BOOL IO Operator-controllable reset input for errors +
STEP_NO DWORD I Batch step number +
TIME_MON REAL I Monitoring time in [s] +
USTATUS WORD I Status word in VSTATUS, freely
assignable by user
VSTATUS DWORD O Status for state displays for block symbol +
WRN_NOx INT O Warning number x (x=1..6) +

VSTATUS construction
Bit Parameter
0 OCCUPIED
1 BA_EN
2 QSIM
3 QMAN_AUT
4 QCST
5 QGR_ERR
6 QGR_WRN
7 QLOC_INT
8 LOCK / LOCK_ON
9 QON
10 QOFF
11 -
12 -
13 -
14 -
15 OOS
16 - 31 USTATUS

222 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

3.14.18 State displays for symbols


State Off On not available
Parameter QOFF=1 QON=1 QBAD=1
Visualization

3.14.19 Description of faceplates


This chapter describes the existing faceplates.
The following views exist:
Overview OVERVIEW
Standard STANDARD
Limits LIMITS
Maintenance MAINTENANCE
Faults MESSAGE1
Warnings MESSAGE2
Messages
Trend
Batch

The name of the file consists of: @PG_SMC_CB_<View>.PDL


The PCS7 standard pictures are used for the views Messages, Trend and Batch.
In the following the structure of the individual views of the faceplates is described.
Standard (STANDARD)
Status

The status display is a user object which consists of several state displays. The status display
corresponds to the visualization from the process mimic symbol.
Status display
(VSTATUS) Control mode
(QMAN_AUT,
Current (QCUR) / unit AUT_ON_OP)
(QCUR#unit)

Local Interruption Command (MAN_ON)


(QLOC INT)
LOCK_ON
Interlock (LOCK /
LOCK ON
LOCK
Test (QCST)

Operator control
modality (QREMOTE) Acknowledgement
(RESET)

Siemens AG 223
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Description of Blocks

Limits (LIMITS)

Current value (QCUR,


QCUR#unit)
Actual value bar (QCUR,
MO_PVHR, MO_PVLR)

Limit values (CUR_AH,


CUR_WH, CUR_WL,
CUR AL)

Limit value display Bar range (MO_PVHR,


(CUR_AH, CUR_WH, MO_PVLR)
CUR_WL, CUR_AL)

Update values (RD_DATA) Calling faceplate


SMC_MEAS, visible if
EN_MEAS = TRUE

Maintenance (MAINTENANCE)

Operator control modality


Local / Remote Activating Emergency
(REM ON OP) Start (EM_START)

Activating Monitoring
Monitoring time for Local (MONITOR)
Interruption (TIME_MON)

Acknowledgement Local
Interruption (RESET)
Calling faceplate
SMC_STAT, visible if
EN STAT = TRUE

224 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Description of Blocks Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Faults (MESSAGE1)

Text list with error


description
(ERR_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Warnings (MESSAGE2)

Text list with error


description
(WRN_NOx)

In the case of fault number 0 the text field is made invisible.

Siemens AG 225
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Driver Generator

4 Driver Generator
With setup xml files for linking the SIMOCODE pro modules with the driver generator are installed.
The following modules and configurations are supported:

1. SIMOCODE pro C (integrated via GSD SI0180fd.gs?) directly in the DP master system or after a Y
link DPV1
2. SIMOCODE pro C (integrated with PDM via GSD) directly in the DP master system or after a Y link
DPV1
3. SIMOCODE pro V (integrated via GSD SI1180fd.gs?) directly in the DP master system or after a Y
link DPV1
4. SIMOCODE pro V (integrated with PDM via GSD) directly in the DP master system or after a Y link
DPV1

With SIMOCODE pro V both basic types (basic type 1 and basic type 2) are taken into account.

From the user’s point of view SIMOCODE pro is compactly inserted in the hardware configuration via
GSD (SI0180fd.gs? or SI1180fd.gs?) with the basic type 2. The inputs and outputs used must be
within the process image then.
A signal-processing block is inserted for any SIMOCODE pro in the CFC and the link to the hardware
is established via symbolic addressing.
If, during compilation of the CFC chart, the option “Generate module drivers” is selected, all
additionally required blocks will be inserted, the corresponding parameters will be linked and
parameterized.

226 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Driver Generator Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Scheme for the interconnections of the driver generator


The white blocks must be placed in the CFC by the user, SMC_MEAS, SMC_STAT and SMC_TIME
being optional.
The yellow blocks are inserted by the driver generator.

Siemens AG 227
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Technical Data

5 Technical Data
Glossary:
Block type name
The symbolic identifier in the symbols table of the library for the respective FB. It must be unique in
the project.
Object name
It consists of the kind of the block (FB) and of the number.
Block length in the load / work memory
Memory requirements of the program code, once per block type
Length of the instance data in the load / user memory
Memory requirements of an instance DB.
Temporary memory
The local data memory required in a task when the block is called. It is limited depending on the
specific CPU. When it is exceed it must be checked in the CPU configuration and, if required, it has to
be redistributed to the OBs according to the actual demand.
Called blocks
The blocks specified here are used by the respective driver block and they must be in the user
program. They are stored in the same library.

Block Number Block length in Length of Temporary Called blocks


(type name) load / user instance data in memory
memory (Bytes) load / user (Bytes)
memory (Bytes)
SMC_DIAG FB2000 3998 / 3302 892 / 396 170 SFB52
SFB54
SFC6
SFC51
SFC64
SMC_MEAS FB2002 8344 / 7022 1802 / 908 246 SFB35
SFB52
SFC6
SFC20
SMC_STAT FB2003 3432 / 2950 708 / 356 112 SFB35
SFB52
SFC6
SMC_DIR FB2004 8082 / 6926 1580 / 738 224 SFB35
SFB52
SFB53
SFC6
SFC20

228 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description
Technical Data Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1

Block Number Block length in Length of Temporary Called blocks


(type name) load / user instance data in memory
memory (Bytes) load / user (Bytes)
memory (Bytes)
SFC21
SMC_REV FB2005 9158 / 7918 1614 / 738 224 SFB35
SFB52
SFB53
SFC6
SFC20
SFC21
SMC_STAR FB2006 8150 / 6986 1584 / 738 224 SFB35
SFB52
SFB53
SFC6
SFC20
SFC21
SMC_REVS FB2007 9250 / 8000 1618 / 738 224 SFB35
SFB52
SFB53
SFC6
SFC20
SFC21
SMC_DAHL FB2008 9176 / 7934 1614 / 738 224 SFB35
SFB52
SFB53
SFC6
SFC20
SFC21
SMC_REVD FB2009 10994 / 9638 1658 / 740 224 SFB35
SFB52
SFB53
SFC6
SFC20
SFC21
SMC_VAL FB2010 6354 / 5358 1372 / 636 130 SFB35
SFC6
SFC20
SMC_POS FB2011 9694 / 8410 1620 / 738 224 SFB35
SFB52
SFB53
SFC6
SFC20
SFC21
SMC_OVL FB2012 6166 / 5238 1470 / 728 222 SFB35

Siemens AG 229
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
Function Description V1.1
Function Description SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1 Technical Data

Block Number Block length in Length of Temporary Called blocks


(type name) load / user instance data in memory
memory (Bytes) load / user (Bytes)
memory (Bytes)
SFB52
SFB53
SFC6
SFC20
SMC_CB FB2013 8082 / 6926 1580 / 738 224 SFB35
SFB52
SFB53
SFC6
SFC20
SFC21
SMC_TIME FB2014 5956 / 5078 1698 / 1000 194 SFB35
SFB52
SFB54
SFC6
SFC20

230 Siemens AG
SIMOCODE pro Library SP1 for PCS7 V6.1
V1.1 Function Description

Вам также может понравиться